|
|
|
1 Semester - 2023 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA141A | DIGITAL FINANCE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
BBA141B | MARKETING AND SELLING SKILLS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
BBA141D | TALENT MANAGEMENT | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
BBA141E | UNDERSTANDING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
BBA141F | SUSTAINABILITY AND GREEN MARKETING | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
COFI101-1 | FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING | Major Core Courses-I | 4 | 4 | 100 |
COFI161-1 | SPREADSHEET FOR BUSINESS | Skill Enhancement Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
COM001-1 | INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTANCY | Bridge Courses | 4 | 0 | 0 |
COM101-1 | LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS | Major Core Courses-I | 4 | 4 | 100 |
COM102-1 | BUSINESS ECONOMICS | Major Core Courses-I | 4 | 4 | 100 |
CSC141 | PROGRAMMING IN C | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
CSC143 | WEB DESIGNING USING HTML, PHP AND MYSQL | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
CSC149 | INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
DMT143 | INTRODUCTION TO ACTING | Multidisciplinary Courses | 2 | 3 | 100 |
DSC141 | PRINCIPLES OF DATA SCIENCE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
DSC142 | PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
ECO143 | DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
ECO144 | GLOBALISATION AND DEVELOPMENT | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
ECO145 | ECOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
ENG181-1 | ENGLISH | Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses | 2 | 2 | 50 |
EST141 | TRAVEL AND TRAVEL NARRATIVES | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
EST142 | READING SPORTS AND LITERATURE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
EST143 | STORYTELLING, GAMES AND ETHICS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
EST144 | DESIGN THINKING AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP | Multidisciplinary Courses | 45 | 3 | 100 |
EST145 | POETICS , POLITICS AND PIVOTAL PEOPLE OF ROCK N ROLL | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
EST146 | FOOD AND LITERATURE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
EST147 | HISTORY OF INDIAN BUSINESS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
EST148 | THE OCEANS IN CINEMA: A BLUE HUMANITIES READING | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
HIS141 | HISTORY AND CINEMA | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW141 | CYBER LAW | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 4 | 100 |
LAW142 | RIGHT TO INFORMATION | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW143 | LABOUR AND SOCIAL WELFARE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW144 | ENVIRONMENTAL LAW | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW145 | PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE AND PRACTICE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MAT141 | FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MAT142 | QUANTITAIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MED141 | MEDIA AND POLITICS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
MED142 | AUDIO AND VIDEO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
MED143 | CELEBRITY PR | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 2 | 50 |
MED145 | SOCIAL MEDIA | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
MED146 | PUBLIC SPEAKING | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
PHY141 | FUNDAMENTAL OF FORENSIC PHYSICS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PHY142 | ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
POL141 | DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES | Multidisciplinary Courses | 2 | 2 | 100 |
POL142 | SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY143 | ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY155 | PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY156 | PSYCHOLOGY OF RELATIONSHIPS | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY157 | SCIENCE OF WELLBEING | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY159 | PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
SOC142 | CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
SOC143 | SOCIOLOGY THROUGH CINEMA | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 50 |
STA142 | DATA ANALYSIS USING EXCEL | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
THE141 | THEATRE APPRECIATION | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
THE142 | IMPROVISATION AND DEVISED THEATRE | Multidisciplinary Courses | 3 | 3 | 100 |
2 Semester - 2023 - Batch | Course Code |
Course |
Type |
Hours Per Week |
Credits |
Marks |
BBA142A | ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION TECHNIQUES | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA142B | EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA142C | FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL MARKETING | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA142D | WEALTH MANAGEMENT | - | 3 | 03 | 100 |
BBA142E | WORKING WITH SPREAD SHEETS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA142F | FINANCIAL EDUCATION | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BBA142G | GROUP AND TEAM EFFECTIVENESS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
BLS143 | PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL TECHNIQUES | - | 3 | 4 | 100 |
CHE141 | CHEMISTRY IN ACTION | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
COFI101-2 | FINANCIAL MARKETS AND SERVICES | - | 4 | 4 | 100 |
COFI102-2 | BUSINESS MATHEMATICS | - | 4 | 4 | 100 |
COFI161-2 | ACCOUNTING PACKAGE FOR BUSINESS | - | 3 | 3 | 75 |
COM101-2 | PRACTICES OF BANKING AND INSURANCE | - | 4 | 4 | 100 |
COM102-2 | CORPORATE LAW AND ADMINISTRATION | - | 4 | 4 | 100 |
CSC152 | INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN | - | 3 | 4 | 100 |
CSC154 | INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
CSC155 | USER DESIGN EXPERIENCE (UX) | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
CSC157 | VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES USING EXCEL | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
DSC143 | DATA VISUALIZATION | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
ECO143 | DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
ECO146 | GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT | - | 3 | 2 | 50 |
ECO147 | THINKING THROUGH THE ENVIRONMENT | - | 3 | 2 | 50 |
ENG181-2 | ENGLISH | - | 3 | 2 | 100 |
EST151 | COMPARATIVE PHILOSOPHY: DARSANA AND PHILOSOPHY | - | 3 | 2 | 50 |
EST152 | SKILLS FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT | - | 3 | 2 | 50 |
EST153 | PARTITION NARRATIVES | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
EST155 | FORENSIC LINGUISTICS THROUGH CASE STUDIES | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
EST156 | RETELLING OF EPICS IN INDIAN LITERATURE | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
LAW142 | RIGHT TO INFORMATION | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW144 | ENVIRONMENTAL LAW | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
LAW146 | LAW AND PRACTICE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY | - | 3 | 2 | 100 |
LAW147 | CORPORATE LAW | - | 3 | 2 | 50 |
LAW148 | LEGAL DIMENSIONS OF MARKETING | - | 3 | 2 | 100 |
LAW149 | LEGAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT | - | 3 | 2 | 100 |
LAW150C | CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND HUMAN RIGHTS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MAT141 | MATHEMATICS FOR MANAGERIAL DECISIONS | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
MAT142 | APPLIED ARITHMETICS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MAT143 | MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
MED148 | LANGUAGE OF CINEMA: A VISUAL APPROACH | - | 45 | 3 | 100 |
MED150 | ARTS APPROACHES TO PEACEBUILDING | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PHY141B | RENEWABLE ENERGY | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
POL141 | DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES | - | 2 | 2 | 100 |
POL143 | POLITICS AND SOCIETY OF INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
POL144 | INDIA AND THE WORLD | - | 3 | 2 | 100 |
PSY144 | BASICS OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY157 | SCIENCE OF WELLBEING | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
PSY158 | STRESS MANAGEMENT | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
SOC141 | WOMEN'S ISSUES | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
SOC142 | CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
SOC143 | SOCIOLOGY THROUGH CINEMA | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
STA141 | ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
SW141 | INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE | - | 3 | 3 | 50 |
THE144 | ACTING FOR MEDIA | - | 3 | 3 | 100 |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Program: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to the BCom Finance and Investment (Honours) Programme
The BCom (Finance and Investment) programme is designed for students who wish to acquire advanced knowledge in Finance and Investment and prepares them for a career within the broad frame of financial sector, including profiles related to Investment Banking, Financial Management, Equity and Debt management, Commercial Banking, Insurance Underwriting, Risk Management and Management Consulting. The programme’s curriculum is set at an ‘advanced’ level for finance and investment and is designed with utmost care building on the experience of more than a decade of running a very successful programme – the erstwhile BCom (Honours) that has produced noteworthy alumni who work have successfully cleared professional qualifications such as CFA , CISI, III and have gone ahead to pursue advanced qualifications in the stream of Finance and Investment from top institutions in our country such as IIM’s or from public Ivy League colleges Through the BCom (Finance and Investment) programme a student develops a comprehensive understanding of ‘Finance’ and ‘Investment’ by exploring interconnected and core disciplines such as accounting, economics, statistics, mathematics, trade and commerce, risk and strategic management. The courses taught under this programme are of the likes of Financial statement analysis, Capital Markets, Corporate finance, Strategic Financial Management, Equity Investments, Fixed Income, Portfolio Management, Derivatives, Alternative Investments, Financial Planning and Control and certain emerging areas such as Islamic Finance, Sustainable Finance and ESG (Environmental Social and Governance) investing. These courses are benchmarked with professional qualifications such as CFA on the finance side and CISI on the investments side.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Programme Outcome/Programme Learning Goals/Programme Learning Outcome: PO1: Apply knowledge of core disciplines of commerce to support strategic decision-making and fulfillment of business goals.PO2: Create, design, and develop business ideas into value-generating enterprises. PO3: Demonstrate holistic values, skills pertaining to physical and emotional well-being, moral principles, and community engagement skills in both personal and professional life. PO4: Apply a multi-disciplinary approach to gain a deeper understanding of concepts, drive new business initiatives and solve complex problems creatively. PO5: Evaluate investing and financing strategies to meet specific financial goals of companies and individual investors. PO6: Apply the economic way of thinking for business decisions. Programme Specific Outcome: -: -Programme Educational Objective: -: - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assesment Pattern | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assessment Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Examination And Assesments | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The question paper pattern will be as specified below:
Question Paper Pattern – ESE
|
BBA141A - DIGITAL FINANCE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description
This course provides the participants with a bird’s-eye view of the FinTech landscape and an appreciation of the history of financial innovation. The course examines the technology fundamentals driving the FinTech revolution to develop an appreciation of their application in a comprehensive array of financial sectors. This course builds on the foundation of elementary financial theory and complements financial intermediation and capital market courses with a unique yet essential technology and innovation perspective. Course Objective: CO1: To give an overview of digital finance, Fintech, and its trend. CO2: To understand the role of Fintech in the financial system. CO3: To give awareness about the application of Fintech in various fields of Finance. CO4:To give an understanding of contemporary issues related to FinTech |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Develop an overview of Digital Finance and its trend CO2: Develop an appreciation of the global FinTech landscape CO3: Understands the application of fintech in various fields CO4: Develops insight into contemporary issues related to digital finance |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||
Digital Finance ?An Introduction
|
|||||
Digital Finance meaning, Landscape of digital finance, Ecosystem of digital finance, Digital Financial Services, Benefits of DFS, Importance of digital financial transformation. Types of Digital Finance Services, Evolution and Trend of digital finance in India. Case -Study | |||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Overview of FinTech
|
|||||
Definition of Fintech, Traditional financial services vs. today, History of FinTech,. Fintech trends. Factors driving Evolution of FinTech, Overview of Fintech Ecosystem. Fintech applications, Machine Learning and AI: AI/ML Introduction, Application, Changing Business Landscape, Cloud Computing: | |||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Digitalisation of Payment System
|
|||||
Evolution from credit card to CBDC, B2B, B2C, C2C payment mechanisms, EMV, NFC, Tokenization, Mobile wallet, UPI, QR code, Cross-border digital payments, Payment platforms & Ecosystem, Open/Neo banking, ..Digital Payment system of India – Case Study | |||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||
Bitcoin and Blockchains.
|
|||||
Introduction:4the economic function of currency in the economy. Problems with issuer¿s credibility. Analysis of bitcoin as a currency. The blockchain as a registration mechanism. The integration of bitcoin and blockchain and issuer’s incentive problems. Possible alternative uses of blockchain technology in the economy and difficulties in its implementation. Use of bitcoin in money laundering. The regulatory debate, CBDC. Current status of blockchain & CBDC in India | |||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Regtech, Insurtech and BancTec
|
|||||
Insurtech: How does InsurTech work, Business model disruption, Aggregators, AI/ML in InsurTech, IoT, and InsurTech, Risk Modelling, Fraud Detection, Processing claims, and Underwriting, Innovations in Insurance Services.
Banktech: Regulatory Framework for Product Pricing, loan origination, and servicing, Social media-based profiling, comparison tools and aggregators, Dynamic credit rating, Risk management & underwriting, Using Credit Counsellor Robo/Bot for faster approvals & funding, Utilizing data science tools and machine learning for data mining/ cross sale, Hybrid Lending Products | |||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||
The Future of Data-Driven Finance
|
|||||
Introduction. Contemporary issues in digital finance and fintech, Fintech Big trends- looking forward. Case study | |||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Lynn, T., Mooney, J.G., & Rosati, P., & Cummins, M. (2019). Disrupting Finance: FinTech and Strategy in the 21st Century. (DF) | |||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Cheun, D.L.K. (2015). Handbook of Digital Currency, Bitcoin, Innovation, Financial Instruments, and Big Data. Elsevier. 2. Chishti, S., & Barberis, J. (2016). The FinTech book: the financial technology handbook for investors, entrepreneurs and visionaries. John Wiley & Sons. 3. Chishti, S., & Puschmann, T. (2018). The Wealthtech Book: The FinTech Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs and Finance Visionaries. John Wiley & Sons. 4. Loesch, S. (2018). A Guide to Financial Regulation for Fintech Entrepreneurs. John Wiley & Sons. 5. Metawa, N., Elhoseney, M., Hassanein, A.E., & Hassan, M.K.H. (2019). Expert Systems in Finance: Smart Financial Applications in Big Data Environments. Routledge. 6. Sironi, P. (2016). FinTech Innovation, From Robo-Advisors to Goal Based Investing and Gamification. 7. VanderLinden, S. L., Millie, S. M., Anderson, N., & Chishti, S. (2018). The INSURTECH Book: The Insurance Technology Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs and FinTech Visionaries. John Wiley & Sons. | |||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||
BBA141B - MARKETING AND SELLING SKILLS (2023 Batch) | |||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||
|
|||||
Course Outcome |
|||||
CO1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of marketing and sales principles, theories, and their practical applications (RBTL 2) CO2: Identify the key elements of the marketing environment and their impact on marketing and selling activities. (RBTL 3) CO3: Apply segmentation techniques to categorize target market segments effectively. (RBTL 3) CO4: Demonstrate basic selling skills, such as effective communication and relationship building, through practical exercises and simulations. (RBTL 2) |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Unit 1: An Introduction to Marketing
|
|
Introduction, genesis & evolution of marketing in society, Importance and Scope of Marketing, Elements of Marketing – Need, Want, Demand, Desire, Marketing Philosophies, Mccarthy’s 4P classification, Lauterborn’s 4C’s classification & 4A’s Framework of rural marketing, Product service continuum. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Marketing Environment ? An Understanding
|
|
Basics of Marketing Environment, Factors Affecting Marketing Environment, Environmental analysis – SWOT & PESTLE, Marketing Environment in India, Legal & regulatory framework in India, Marketing Mix (Four Ps of Marketing). | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Unit 3: Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning
|
|
Market Segmentation, Basis of segmentation & its types - Demographic, Geographic, Psychographic and behavioral Segmentation etc, Targeting- Five Patterns of Target Market Selection, Positioning-Concept of Positioning, Perceptual Mapping. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Unit 4: Product Life Cycle and Consumer Behaviour
|
|
Product Life Cycle concept, marketing implications of PLC stages, corresponding strategies, dealing with competition, Perceptual Mapping, Consumer Behaviour – Rational V/s Emotional, Consumer proposition & acquisition process, buying motives, its types, Consumer Behaviour process | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 5: Selling ? An Introduction
|
|
Nature, Meaning and Significance of Sales Management and Personal selling; Evolution of Sales Management, Role of Selling in Marketing, Characteristics of a successful Salesman; Types of Selling, Selling Functions, Sales Funnel; Process of Effective Selling: Sales strategies; Prospecting: Meaning, process & methods; Ways to approach a customer | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Unit 6: Effective Sales management and Sales Force Organisation
|
|
Sales presentation; Handling objections; Closing a sale; Current issues in sales management; Case lets and applications, Meaning of Sales Force Management; Determining the sales force and size of the sales force, Introduction to: Sales organization concepts; Sales territories | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Text Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Suggested Readings:
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS) CIA 2: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS) CIA 3: 50 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 25 MARKS) Attendance 5 marks Total 50 marks | |
BBA141D - TALENT MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Human Resource is considered as a valuable resource in every organization. The world class companies compete among themselves to attract the best talent across the globe. They view talent as competitive differentiator and one where the acquisition, engagement, development and retention of talent is considered as a strategic priority of business. This course exposes the students to methods and practices to acquire, engage and develop talent, focus on development of strategic leaders within an organization and also deals with how talent and knowledge can be managed effectively for the development of the organization |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO 1: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts, principles and models related to talent and knowledge management CO 2: 2. Evaluate the importance of talent management in developing organizations CO 3: 3. Learn to apply the theories and concepts studied in the classroom to practical situations CO 4: 4. Analyse the various talent and knowledge management practices and their value to organizations CO 5: 5. Solve the issues pertaining to talent and knowledge management |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Talent Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning and concept of talent management, need and scope for talent management, Talent vs Knowledge, Talent management models: Process and Integrated model, Talent management initiatives, Techniques for potential appraisal, Talent management grid, Benefits of talent management. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Creating Talent Management Systems
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Building blocks for talent management strategy, Developing and implementing Effective Talent Management System, Measuring the effectiveness of talent management, creating talent management system for organizational excellence. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Competency mapping and approaches to talent management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Competency Mapping- Meaning, Importance and Steps in competency mapping, Competency model, Role of leaders and HR in talent management, Talent Management Approaches, Mapping Business Strategies and Talent Management Strategies, Achieving competitive advantage, Best practices in talent management- Case studies | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Integrating Talent and Knowledge Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to knowledge management, types of knowledge, Benefits of Knowledge Management, Integrating talent management and knowledge management, Role of Information technology in talent and knowledge management. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Recent Trends and Best Practices in Talent Management
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction, Use of Technology in Talent Management, Use of AI in Talent Management, Talent Management using Design Thinking | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Project Work: Field study & Report Submission
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Experiential Learning Activity: Identifying any one organization in the manufacturing or service sector- Interacting, observing and conducting interviews with their senior HR leaders to understand how they manage and retain talent in their organizations. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: ● Lance A. Berger, Dorothy Berger (2017): Talent management handbook, McGraw Hill New York.
● Mohapatra.M & Dhir.S (2022); Talent Management-A contemporary perspective (2022), Sage Publications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading ● Mark Wilcox (2016), Effective Talent Management: Aligning strategy, people and performance, (1st ed.), Routledge Taylor and Francis Group. ● Marshal Gold Smith and Louis Carter (2018): Best practices in talent management, A Publication of the practice institute, Pfeiffer, A Wiley Imprint. ● Atheer Abdullah Mohammed (2019), Integrating Talent and Knowledge Management: Theory and practice, Lamber Publishing co., ● Cappeli Peter: Talent on Demand –Managing Talent in an age of uncertainty, Harvard Business press. Sphr Doris Sims, Sphr Matthew Gay(2007),Building Tomorrow’s Talent : A Practitioner’s Guide to Talent Management and Succession Planning, Author House | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA141E - UNDERSTANDING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (2023 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course aims at understanding the financial statements published by Indian companies and make a meaningful understanding of the same. The course gives the initiation towards terminology in accounting and takes the readers through Income statement and Balance sheet. The interpretation of the cash flow, Income statement and Balance sheet gives the reader an understanding of fundamentals of the company and gives a sense of financial soundness or not of any company. The growing need of adherence to rules and practice of ethics in accounting in its various aspects from public practice to reporting with case studies will explain the profoundness of Ethics in Accounting and corporate reporting. |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1: Relate to accounting terminologies 2: Explain the components of Financial statements 3: Interpret financial statements 4: Realise the importance of ethics in accounting practices |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Terminologies in Financial Statement
|
|
Assets- Current assts and fixed assets, Non-current Liabilities, current liabilities, Owners Equity, shareholders fund, External equity, Return on investment, operating expenses, Normal profit, Earnings per share private -Public Investors-Income Statement-Revenue-Expenses-Profit/loss-Balance sheet- Dual aspects of the balance sheet, Significant accounting policies and principles- Full Disclosure-Standalone statements-consolidated statements.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Understanding Income Statement and Balance sheet
|
|
Meaning and Purpose of Income statement- Cost of goods Sold-Gross profit, Operating Income-EBITDA-EBIT-EBT-Depreciation-Tax provisions made-Deferred Taxation- EPS: Basic and Diluted- Purpose of Balance sheet- Share capital- Net Worth-Shareholders fund- Book value of assets-Face value of shares-Current and non-current liabilities and assets- Amortisation and Depreciation-Notes to accounts. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Cash Flow statements and Notes to accounts
|
|
Meaning and Purpose of cash flow statements- Meaning of cash flow, sources of cash flow, Operating, Investing and Finance activities- Inflow and outflow of cash- Indirect method-Interpreting company growth rate from cash flow stage-Positive and Negative cash flow-Effect of changes in cash flow on performance – Interpretation of high cash balances-Exhibit of cash flow statements of Indian companies- Schedules or notes to accounts- preparation and relevance- interpretation of schedules. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Interpretation of Financial Statements
|
|
Year On Year (YoY) comparison of Income statement and Balance sheet-Common size comparison-Interpreting EPS, DPS, MPS, PE Ratio, Intrinsic value, Liquidity ratio, Current ratio, Debt Equity Ratio- Dividend payout- Ascertaining performance of a company through exhibit of annual report of Indian companies | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
: Ethics in Accounting
|
|
Compliance of accounting standard in letter vs true spirit- window dressing- effects of unethical practices and non-disclosures-case study ethics in public practice of accounting, ethics in compliance, ethics in corporate reporting, ethics in non-profit organisations.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Financial Accounting By SP JAIN & NArang , Kalyani Publishers, Noida | |
Evaluation Pattern Total 50 marks . CIA-1 20 marks (weightage 50% ie 10 marks ) CIA-2 20 marks(weightage 50% ie 10 marks ) CIA-3 - 50 marks (weightage 50% ie 25 marks ) For attendance 5marks This is a Submission paper .There is no MSE or ESE | |
BBA141F - SUSTAINABILITY AND GREEN MARKETING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course is designed to understand the importance of Sustainability and Green Marketing on consumer satisfaction and environmental safety. Green revolution, going green, environment protection, and sustainable development have become the buzz words today. Consumers are gradually becoming conscious buying eco-friendly products. This course aims at understanding the concept of Green Products and Marketing. This course also revisits the factors that affect consumers’ purchase decision in general. This course will lead the exploration of the leading edge of this paradigm shift that is now underway. This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of Green marketing and takes them deeper into the world of Green marketing. Course Objectives: This course intends
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CLO1: Analyze green marketing and its importance from the perspective of consumers and businesses. CLO2: Assess evidence of emerging green consumer segments and how marketers address those needs. CLO3 : Interpret the current state of the environment resulting from past and present human consumption practices. CLO4: Discuss the opportunities, challenges, and issues in designing and implementing sustainable green marketing strategies. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Introduction to Sustainability and Fundamentals of Green Marketing
|
|
Meaning, Concept and Evolution of Sustainability, Green Marketing, Types of Green Marketing, Difference between Marketing and Green Marketing, Green Product, Green Marketing, Importance of Green Marketing, Benefits of Green Marketing, Adoption of Green Marketing, Green Marketing Mix, Strategies for Green Marketing | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Segmentation of Green Marketing
|
|
Green Spinning, Green Selling, Green Harvesting, Enviropreneur Marketing, Compliance Marketing, Green Washing, Climate Performance Leadership Index, Promotional Channels of Green Marketing. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Green Marketing Initiatives
|
|
Green Firms, HCL’s Green Management Policy, IBM’s Green Solutions, IndusInd Bank’s Solar Powered ATMs, ITCs Paperkraft, Maruti’s Green Supply Chain, ONCGs Mokshada Green Crematorium, Reva’s Electric Car, Samsung’s Eco-friendly handsets, Wipro Infotech’s Eco-friendly computer peripherals | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Environmental consciousness
|
|
Introduction to Environment, Importance of environmentalism, Environmental movement, Benefits of green environment to society, E-waste exchange, Extended Producer Responsibility Plan, Guidelines for Collection and Storage of E-Waste, Guidelines for Transportation of E-Waste, Guidelines for Environmentally Sound Recycling of E-Waste | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Socially Responsible Marketing
|
|
Sustainable Marketing, Social Criticisms of Marketing, Marketing’s Impact on Individuals, Marketing’s Impact on Society as a Whole, Marketing’s Impact on Other Businesses, Actions to Promote Sustainable Marketing, Business Actions Toward Sustainable Marketing, Principles and Marketing Ethics. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)
CIA 2: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS) CIA 3: 50 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 25 MARKS) Attendance 5 marks Total 50 marks
| |
COFI101-1 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course presents the underlying framework and concepts of Financial Accounting in the context of how accounting fits into the overall business environment of contemporary society. Details about each and every business/company for which required accounts to be open are explained in this course. Students will learn the knowledge base for understanding the procedure for computing the fire insurance claim under different situations. Calculate the hire purchase price and interest for each installment whenever goods are purchased through hire purchase or installment purchase system along with the adjustment of repossession of assets by the hire vendor. Prepare all the necessary accounts and compute the profit or loss under the consignment contract. Learn to compute profit or loss of each branch and incorporate it under Head office books of accounts and identify and explain different accounting software available in the market to get a good knowledge about the features and importance of each software. As a prerequisite, students should know the basics of accounting rules along with journal, ledger and preparation of financial statements.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Examine the process of valuation of loss of stock and the amount to be claimed from insurance companies in the event of a fire accident. CO2: Solve problems relating to calculating the interest rate, cash price, and installment amount under the hire purchase system. CO3: Evaluate and analyze the profit earned on consignment. CO4: Examine the account for business with different branches and incorporate it in the books of the Head office. CO5: Identify and explain different accounting software and their importance. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Insurance Claim
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Working Introduction – Need – loss of stock policy – preparation of statement to ascertain value of stock on the date of fire – Treatment of salvage – valuation of stocks prior to date of fire – calculation of GP Ratio when GP Ratio is not given – Treatment of Average Clause, Treatment of Abnormal items. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Accounting for Hire Purchase and Installment Systems
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Working Hire Purchase - Meaning - Legal provisions - Calculation of interest - when rate of interest and cash price is given - when cash price and total amount payable is given when rate of interest and installments amount are given but cash price is not given - Calculation of cash price under annuity method - Journal entries and Ledger accounts in the books of hire-purchaser and hire-vendor – Repossession of Assets by Hire vendor. Installment system- Meaning - Difference between hire purchase and installment system (Theory only) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Consignment
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Working Consignment: Features – Del-credere commission - Accounting treatment in the books of the consignor and consignee – Valuation of unsold stock – Accounting treatment of Normal loss and abnormal loss – Abnormal loss account - Goods sent to consignee at invoice price – Accounting treatment – stock reserve calculation. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Accounting for Inland Branches
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Working Concept of dependent branches, Accounting aspects, Debtors system. Independent branches: Concept- Accounting treatment: important adjustment entries.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Automation in Accounting
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning of Automation, Automation in Accounting, Impact on Accountants and Industry, Tally, XBRL, Blockchain, Cloud Computing in Accounting, Big Data in Accounting, Robotic Process Automation in Accounting, Recent innovations in Accounting: Connected Banking. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1.Anil Kumar, (2022) Financial Accounting, Himalaya Publication 2.Jain &Narang, (2019). Financial Accounting. Mumbai: Kalyani. 3.Gupta, R.L., & Radhaswamy, M., (2019) Financial Accounting (18ed.). New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1.Maheswari S. N. &Maheswari S. K. (2019). Advanced accountancy. New Delhi: Vikas 2.Shukla M. C. &Grewall T. S. (2019). Advanced accountancy (15 Ed.). New Delhi: S. Chand
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COFI161-1 - SPREADSHEET FOR BUSINESS (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This course provides the knowledge base for understanding the workings of Excel. The primary objective of the course is to familiarize the students with the basics of Microsoft Excel. The course introduces the students to financial analysis, further, the course also deals with the practical application of Microsoft Excel in day-to-day business activities. As a prerequisite, the students should have basic knowledge about computers and MS Office. Course Objectives: To provide students with the fundamental knowledge of the use of M. S. Excel in business. To provide exposure to the students on M. S. Office Excel. To apply M.S. Excel functions in business. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Explain basic terminologies and functionalities of Excel & apply basic Excel functionalities to format data structures. CO2: Apply the techniques of the time value of money through Excel for financial calculations. CO3: Evaluate long-term investment proposals and select the best alternative for the organization. CO4: Application of basic macro Excel functions. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Excel
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Basic Excel functions: Structure of an excel function, functions such as SUM (), MIN (), MAX (), AVERAGE (), COUNT (), AUTOSUM, AUTOFILL. Working with an Excel List: Understanding Excel List Structure, Sorting a List Using Single Level Sort, Sorting a List Using Multi-Level Sorts, Using Custom Sorts in an Excel List, Filter an Excel List Using the AutoFilter, Creating Subtotals in a List, Format a List as a Table, Using Conditional Formatting to Find Duplicates, Removing Duplicates. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
||||||||||||||||||
Validation
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Excel Data Validation: Understanding the Need for Data Validation, Creating a Validation List, Adding a Custom Validation Error, Dynamic Formulas by Using Validation Techniques
| |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Excel PivotTables
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Understanding Excel PivotTables, Creating an Excel PivotTable, Modifying Excel PivotTable Calculations, Grouping PivotTable Data, Formatting PivotTable Data, Drilling Down into PivotTable Data, Creating Pivot Charts, Filtering PivotTable Data, Filtering with the Slicer Tool. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
Conditional Functions and Working with Large Excel Data Sets
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Conditional Functions: Working with Excel Name Ranges, Using Excel's IF () Function, Nesting Functions, Using Excel's COUNTIF () Function, Using Excel's SUMIF () Function, Using Excel's IFERROR () Function. Working with Large Sets of Excel Data: Using the Freeze Panes Tool, Grouping Data (Columns and/or Rows), Consolidating Data from Multiple Worksheets. | |||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||||||||||||
LookUp, Text Based Function and financial function
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Excel's Lookup Functions: Using Excel's VLOOKUP() Function, Using Excel's HLOOKUP() Function, Using Excel's INDEX() and MATCH() Functions. Excel's Text Based Functions: Using Excel's functions such as LEFT(), RIGHT() and MID(), LEN(), SEARCH(), CONCATENATE(). Time value of money - present value of money - capital budgeting, Net present value, Internal rate of return. Introduction to macros. Creation of simple macro functions. | |||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1.Microsoft Excel 2016 Step by Step Curtis Frye, Microsoft Press, A division of Microsoft Corporation, 2015 edition. | |||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Microsoft Excel Essential Hints and Tips Fundamental hints and tips to kick start your Excel skills By Diane Griffiths Published, 2015 edition. 2. Excel 2010 Formulas by John Walkenbach, by Wiley Publishing, 2010 Edition. www.excel-easy.com https://excelexposure.com | |||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated out of 100 Marks on the basis of Continuous Internal Assessments (CIA).
| |||||||||||||||||||
COM001-1 - INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTANCY (2023 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:0 |
Credits:0 |
||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||
This course is designed to impart basic knowledge of accounting to non-commerce student who have taken up Bachelor of Commerce in their graduation. Detail about the Basic fundamentals and concept of accounting will be covered along with passing of journal entries for different type of transactions and posting them in the ledger accounts. Preparation of subsidiary books and trial balance will also be taught to students so that they will be able to prepare different types of books. The course ends with the preparation of financial statements by calculating gross profit, net profit and finally preparing balance sheet involving different types of adjustments.
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Recall the basic fundamental concepts of accounting and understand some of the basic terminologies used in accounting. CO2: Pass journal entries for different type of transactions and post them in ledger account. CO3: Differentiate between trial balance and ledger accounts and prepare a trial balance. CO4: Ascertain gross profit and net profit by allocating different income and expenses. CO5: Prepare financial statements of an organization. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to Accounting
|
|
Accounting – Meaning, Objectives, Internal and External users of accounting information and their needs, Basic Accounting Terms – Asset, Liability, Capital, Expense, Income, Expenditure, Revenue, Debtors, Creditors, Goods, Cost, Gain, Stock, Purchase, Sales, Loss, Profit, Voucher, Discount, Transaction, Drawings.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Subsidiary Books
|
|
Introduction, Objectives, advantages & limitations of subsidiary books, preparation of cash book, purchase book, sales book, purchase return books, sales return books, Bills receivables book, bills payable book.
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Journal entries
|
|
Meaning, features and importance of journal entries, passing of journal entries for different type of transactions.
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Preparation of Ledger Accounts
|
|
Meaning, definition, features, objectives, advantages and preparation of different types of ledger accounts, difference between subsidiary books and ledger accounts.
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Financial statements
|
|
Meaning, features, objectives, advantages and limitation of financial statements, preparation of trading account, objectives of trading account, profit & loss account, objectives of profit & loss account, Balance sheet, objectives of balance sheet, preparation of balance sheet, classification of assets, classification of liabilities, adjustment relating to outstanding expenses, Prepaid expenses, Accrued income, Income received in advance, Depreciation, Bad debts, Provision for doubtful debts etc.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern The students are assessed at the end of the bridge course to compare with entry level assessment scores. | |
COM101-1 - LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
In the ever changing dynamic business environment, it is important that students are aware of the laws of the land, legislative systems and relevant applications of the provisions of the law. This course enables students to recognize, appreciate and apply the relevant provisions of the legislations in business. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Recognize the relevant legislation in business and the applicability of its relevant provisions. CO2: Comprehend provisions and applicability of the Sale of Goods Act and The Insolvency Introduction, need and objective of Information Technology Act, Definitions, Cyber Law in India, Cyber Crimes and its meaning and types, offences and penalties, Cyberspace, digital and Bankruptcy Code. CO3: Familiarize the aspects of IT Act and its relevance and applicability in the present environment. CO4: Comprehend the Companies Act for its application in the current business environment. CO5: Acquire the knowledge and understand the applicability of competition and consumer laws. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
The Indian Contract Act, 1872
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction and Salient Features Nature of contract and essential elements of valid contract, Offer - General offer- Specific offer, Acceptance- essentials of acceptance, Consideration, Misrepresentation, Free consent, Fraud, Mistake -Types. Minor agreements Special Contracts – Indemnity and guarantee, Contracts of Bailment, Pledge and Agency - Breach of Contracts – Remedies for Breach of Contracts. (Relevant case laws) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
The Sale of Goods Act Law and Insolvency
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
The Sale of Goods Act, 1930: Formation of the contract of sale, Conditions and Warranties, Transfer of property, Finder of goods, Performance of contract of sale, Rights of an unpaid seller. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
The Information Technology Act 2000
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction, need and objective of Information Technology Act, Definitions, Cyber Law in India, Cyber Crimes – meaning and types, offences and penalties, Cyber space, digital signature, private key, public key, encryption, digital signature certificate, Cyber regulations appellate tribunal – Role and authority (Relevant case laws) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Competition and Consumer Laws
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Competition Act 2002 – Objectives, Features, Competition Appellate Tribunal, Offences and Penalties under this Act, Competition Commission of India - Powers and Duties. Consumer Protection Act 1986 – Introduction, objectives and need of the act, Definitions of Consumer, Consumer Dispute, Defect, Deficiency, Unfair Trade Practices and Services. Rights of Consumer, Consumer Redressal Agencies- District Forum, State Commission and National Commission. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Concept and Definitions, Offence of money laundering, Attachment, adjudication and confiscation - Obligations of Banking companies, Financial Institutions and Intermediaries – Summons, Search and Seizure – Appellate Tribunal (Relevant case laws) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Maheshwari SN and Maheshwari SK. (2018). Business Law, National Publishing House, New Delhi. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1.Kapoor N.D. (2019). Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons 2.Tulsian P C and Tulsian Bharat. (2018). Business Law, McGraw Hill Education 3.Sharma, J.P. and Kanojia Sunaina. (2018) Business Laws, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd., New, Delhi 4.Mulla. (2017). The Law of Insolvency in India, 6th ed., Lexis-Nexis. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COM102-1 - BUSINESS ECONOMICS (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
The modules incorporated in this paper deal with the nature and scope of economics, the theory of consumer behaviour, analysis of production function and equilibrium of a producer, the price formation in different market structures and the equilibrium of a firm and industry. In addition to this, students get acquainted with the trade policy, the fiscal policy, and monetary policy within the context of a country. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Develop the conceptual foundations and analytical methods used in micro economics. CO2: Develop the ability to understand and appreciate the economic theories and their application in real economic life. CO3: Understand the role of prices in allocating scarce resources in market economies and explain the consequences of government policies in the form of price controls. CO4: Appraise the monetary policy and fiscal policy prevalent within a country. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Demand and supply Analysis and Applications
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Economic models- Production Possibility Frontier; Demand Analysis: Law of demand, Exceptions to the law; Changes in demand, Elasticity of Demand: Definition, degrees and measurement - Supply Analysis: Laws of supply, Changes in supply, and elasticity of supply - Market equilibrium, Applications in real life: Price Ceiling and Price Floor and Extrality - Consumer’s surplus (Marshall) and Producer surplus. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Theory of Consumer Choice
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
The Budget Constraint: What the Consumer Can Afford, Preferences: What the Consumer Wants, Indifference curves- Properties, Optimization: What the Consumer Chooses, Decomposition of Price Effect into Income and Substitution Effects | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Theory of Production and Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Producer’s Equilibrium with the help of iso-quants and iso-cost lines, Cost FunctionImportant cost concepts. Short run and long run cost analysis (traditional theory) Modern theory of cost- Revenue analysis. TR, AR and MR. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Market Structure
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Market structure- Perfect competition, Price and output determination- Monopoly- Price output determination, Price discrimination Monopolistic Competition. Price and Output determination. Selling costs. Product differentiation- oligopoly; Price determination – Non Collusive: Kinked Demand Curve and Collusive Oligopoly: Cartel and price leadership. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Measuring Nation's Income and Cost of Living
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Measuring GDP - Real and Nominal GDP and GDP Deflator – Inflation: Consumer Price Index, Comparison of CPI an GDP Deflator and Adjusting economic variables to inflation – Money Supply Measures | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Economic Fluctuations and Keynesian Economics
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Economic Fluctuations and its features – Modelling Short Run Fluctuations: Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply – Influence of Monetary and Fiscal Policies on AD and As - Multiplier and Crowding Out Effects – Balance of Payments Accounts and Exchange Rate. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Gregory Mankiw, N. (2022). Principles of Economics, 8th Edition, Cengage Learning India. 2. Pindyk and Rubinfeld (2017). - Microeconomics (Pearson Education), Eighth Edition 3. Maheshwari, Yogesh (2012). Managerial Economics, New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. CORE’s The Economy (https://www.core-econ.org/) 2. CORE’s The Economy: A South Asian Perspective 3. Lipsey, R.G. and K.A. Chrystal (2011). Principles of Economics (IX ed.). Oxford University Press: Oxford 4. Ramsfield, E. (2012). Micro Economics (IX ed.). New York: W.W Norton and company. 5. Ray, N.C. (2014). An introduction to Microeconomics, Macmillan Company of India Ltd: Delhi.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Assessment Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
CSC141 - PROGRAMMING IN C (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
This course introduces students to the C programming language, covering its history, features, data types, and program structure. Students will learn to apply decision control and loop structures, along with various operators, to create basic programs. Additionally, the course covers functions, recursion, arrays, and pointers to provide a solid foundation for C programming and problem-solving. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of C programming, including its history, features, variables, and data types.
CO2: Apply decision control statements, loop control structures, and various operators to write basic C programs.
CO3: Analyze and design functions, including recursion and passing values/arrays, and understand storage classes in C.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Introduction to C
|
|
Types of Programming Language- History of C, Features of C , C Tokens, variables and keywords and identifiers ,Types of C constants and variables, Rules for constructing variable names, Structure of C program, Input /output statements in C | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Data types and Control Structures
|
|
Data Types, Type declaration, Different Operators in C - Arithmetic, Logical, Relational, Bitwise, Conditional, Expressions, Hierarchy of operations. Control structures
Decision control statements-if, switch, go to statement, conditional operator statement. Loop control structures- while, do-while, for loop, Break statement, Continue statement. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Function
|
|
Introduction, function definition and prototyping, Types of functions, passing values to function, recursion, passing arrays to functions. I/O functions- formatted & unformatted console I/O functions Storage classes in C- Automatic, Register, Extern and Static Variables. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Arrays
|
|
One dimensional and multidimensional arrays, Declaration, initialization, Reading values into an array, Displaying array contents and Array Manipulations. String-Basic Concepts, Library Functions | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Pointers
|
|
Definition, notation, pointer and arrays, pointers and functions-call by value and call by reference. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Balagurusamy, E. Programming in ANSI C 4th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] Kanetkar, Yashavant. Let Us C. 4th Edition. BPB Publications, 2012. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 50% ESE 50% | |
CSC143 - WEB DESIGNING USING HTML, PHP AND MYSQL (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course covers the fundamentals of HTML and PHP for web development. Students will learn HTML tags for content structuring and essential PHP scripting concepts, including variables, conditional statements, and error handling. Additionally, they will explore form handling, loops, and MySQL database interactions using PHP. By the end, students will be equipped to create dynamic web applications and understand the essentials of web programming. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand and apply HTML basics, including tags for structure, lists, images, hyperlinks, and tables.
CO2: Develop PHP scripts with variables, data types, conditional statements, and error handling techniques.
CO3: Utilize PHP for form handling, switch-case statements, loop structures, and working with arrays in MySQL database.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Unit-1
|
|
Basic HTML tags- HTML, HEAD, BODY, TITLE, Paragraphs, Headings, Line Breaks, Dividers- P, H1, …H6, BR, HR, Character Entity References- Quotes, ampersands, angle brackets, and non-breaking spaces Lists- OL, UL, DL, Formatting-URL and Paths, Images- IMG, Hyperlinks, Table-TABLE, TR, TD, TH, Form-FORM, INPUT, TEXTAREA, SELECT, OPTION, Frames-FRAMESET, FRAME | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
PHP Basic
|
|
Writing PHP scripts - Writing PHP scripts, learn about PHP code structure, how to write and execute a simple PHP script and to add comments within your code. Variables and Data Types- Learn about Variables, values and Data Types in PHP: boolean, integer, float, string, array, object, Resource, null. Numbers and mathematical Operators- Introducing Numbers and mathematical 0perators, some PHP functions for more complex operations with numbers. PHP Strings- Working with strings, using simple and double quotes, escaping quotes and other characters, concatenating strings, some functions for strings. Constants- Introducing Constants, syntax for defining constants, differences between variables and defined constants. PHP Error Handling and Debugging-Error Handling, debugging and trigger errors and how to adjust the level of error reporting, handling exceptions.
If ... Else conditionals, Comparative and Logical operators - Make PHP script takes decisions with If, Else, Elseif conditional statements. Compare two values with Comparative and Logical operators. The ternary operator. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Unit-3
|
|
Using HTML Forms - Using HTML Forms, PHP form handling, get data sent from form fields through GET and POST method, form validation. $_GET, $_POST Variables - How to send data with get and post methods to a PHP script and access it with superglobal $_GET, $_POST variables. Switch ... Case ... - PHP MySQL course - Switch ... Case ... conditional statement, switch with break and default instructions. While Loops - Using While and Do Wile Loops. End the While loops with the break instruction. Syntax and examples. For and For each Loops - Using for () and for each () Loops. End the "For" loops with the break instruction. Syntax and examples.
PHP Arrays - Creating Numeric (indexed) Arrays and Associative arrays. Accessing, modifying and traversing array elements. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Unit-4
|
|
PHP MySQL Introduction, Data Types - PHP MySQL Introduction, database structure, tables. MySQL naming rules, and column's data types. PHP MySQL - INSERT INTO - Insert data in MySQL table, INSERT INTO query. Insert data from a form into a database.
PHP MySQL - SELECT, ORDER BY - Retrieve and display data from a MySQL table, SELECT SQL command. Determine the number of records. Sort query results with ORDER BY clause (ASC and DESC). | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Unit-5
|
|
PHP MySQL - WHERE and LIKE - Selecting specific data from a database with the WHERE clause and Conditionals. Check for string matching with LIKE and NOT LIKE terms. PHP MySQL – UPDATE - UPDATE query to edit / change existing records in MySQL table.
PHP MySQL – DELETE - The DELETE statement, used to entirely remove records from a database table. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Powell, HTML & XHTM: The Complete Reference, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
[1] Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, My SQL and Java Script, Kindle Edition, O'Reilly Media 2009. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 50% ESE 50% | |
CSC149 - INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Introductory-level training will be given software and tools for solving data science problems. This course is designed to provide the theoretical foundations of data science. Standard problems in data science, such as pre-processing, classification, clustering, and visualization, will be addressed. Practical sessions will provide demonstrations, training, and discussions on results and interpretation methods. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Collect the data from various sources. CO2: Understand the problem scenario. CO3: Solve data science problems with appropriate tools.
CO4: Interpret the results through visualizations. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
UNIT 1
|
|
Introduction – Concept data – types of data – sources of data – data sets – terminologies – pre-processing – classification – clustering – association rule mining – visualization – approaches – statistics – machine learning and soft computing. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Preprocessing & Data Transformation:
|
|
Data cleaning – handling missing values – errors and outliers
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Classification
|
|
Decision trees – naïve based methods – neural networks – SVM. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Data Transformation
|
|
Application of normalization methods – min-max method – | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Clustering
|
|
K-Means – Distance-based methods – Association Rules – finding frequent itemsets – apriori method. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Post-processing
|
|
Performance metrics of tasks – drawing various charts from the results – interpretation of results. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Tools for data science
|
|
Exploring the open source tools: Weka, Orange, Rapid Miner. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Han, Kamber and Pei, 2013 2. Data Mining and Predictive Analytics, Daniel T. Larose & ChantalD Lorose, Wiley Publisher, 2017 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Data Mining and Analysis Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms, Zaki and Meira, MK Publisher, 2014. 2. Data Mining: The Text Book, Aggarwal, Springer, 2015.
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 50% ESE 50% | |
DMT143 - INTRODUCTION TO ACTING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This introductory course explores fundamental acting techniques, including character development, improvisation, and emotional expression. Engage in various acting exercises and scene work to enhance students' understanding of the craft. This course further develops confidence and creativity as the students delve into the art of storytelling through performance. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Recognise and explain the basics of acting. CO2: Demonstrate and interpret the interrelationship between speech, movement and text. CO3: Relate and experiment with the interconnection between text and acting design. CO4: Apprise and critique the role of the actor as a performing medium. CO5: Design and develop original piece of work. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Voice and Speech
|
|
This unit delves into the artistry of vocal expression and its profound impact on theatrical performance. Through rigorous vocal exercises and comprehensive training, students will develop various vocal techniques, mastering the nuances of pitch, tone, resonance, and articulation. Emphasizing voice integration with the actor's body and emotions, this transformative learning experience empowers students to deliver compelling, authentic, and emotionally resonant performances on stage and beyond. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Actor and the Stage
|
|
This unit delves into the essence of captivating stage presence, refining students' gestures and body language skills. Participants will learn to create profound connections with their co-actors through immersive exercises, fostering authentic and compelling performances. Embark on a transformative journey, honing acting prowess and embracing the art of storytelling. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Actor and the Text
|
|
This unit delves into captivating interplay between the actor and the text. Explore the essence of character portrayal through an in-depth analysis of themes, situations, and scenes within various dramatic texts. Uncover the art of embodying diverse roles, harnessing emotional depth, and expressing emotions. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Stanislavski, C. (1989). Actor Prepares. Taylor & Francis Group. Chekhov, M. (1953). To the actor: On the technique of acting. Harper & Row.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Merlin, B. (2017). Acting: The Basics. Taylor & Francis Group. Kahan, S. (1991). Introduction to acting (3rd ed.). Allyn and Bacon.
| |
Evaluation Pattern Mode of Assessment - Final Assessment
| |
DSC141 - PRINCIPLES OF DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
To provide a strong foundation for data science and the application area related to it, train toexplore the process of data pre-processing and machine learning, and to inculcate the importanceof ethics while handling data and problems in data science. To provide students with a fundamental understanding of the digital computing concepts from a hardware and software perspective.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the fundamental concepts of data science. CO2: Explore the concepts of data pre-processing and visualization. CO3: Learn the basic concepts of machine learning. CO4: Practice the ethics while handling data |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:14 |
Introduction
|
|
INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE What is data science? – Why data science? – Data science venn diagram – Terminologies – Application case studies. Types of data – Structured vs unstructured data – Quantitative vs qualitative data – Four levels of data. Data Science Ethics – Doing good data science – Owners of the data - Valuing different aspects of privacy - Getting informed consent - The Five Cs – Diversity – Inclusion – Future Trends.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:18 |
Data Science process and Machine Learning
|
|
DATA SCIENCE PROCESS Five steps of data science – Ask an interesting question? – Obtain the data - Explore the data – Model the data – Communicate and visualize results – Basic question for data explorations – case studies for EDA Machine Learning Machine learning – Modeling Process – Training model – Validating model – Predicting new observations –Supervised learning algorithms-– Unsupervised learning algorithms. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
Data Visualization
|
|
DATA VISUALISATION Communicating data – Identifying visualization – Importance of graphs and statistics – Verbal communication – The why, how and what strategy of presenting. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1]Sinan Ozdemir, Principles of Data Science learn the techniques and math you need to start making sense of your data. Birmingham Packt December, 2016. [2]Davy Cielen and Arno Meysman, Introducing Data Science. Simon and Schuster, 2016. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1]M. Loukides, H. Mason, and D. Patil, Ethics and Data Science. O’Reilly Media, 2018. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 100% | |
DSC142 - PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course covers the programming paradigms associated with Python. It provides a comprehensive understanding of Python data types, functions and modules with a focus on modular programming. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand and apply core programming concepts. CO2: Demonstrate significant experience with python program development environment. CO3: Design and implement fully-functional programs using commonly used modules and custom functions. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
INTRODUCING PYTHON Introduction, Python Fundamentals, Features of Python, Components of a Python Program, Understanding the interpreter. Python basics: Identifiers, Basic Types, Operators, Precedence and Associativity, Decision Control Structures, Looping Structures, Console input, output. Practical Exercises: 1.Implement Basic data types, Control structures and operators. 2.Exercise on console input and output. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:18 |
Programming Fundamentals
|
|
PYTHON DATA TYPES Strings,Lists:Accessingelements,Basic List operations, Built-in methods Tuples: working with elements, Basic Tuple operation, Tuple methods and Type of Tuples Sets: Definition, Set Elements, Built-in methods, basic set operations, Mathematical Set operation, Variety of Sets. Dictionaries: Defining a dictionary, accessing elements, basic operations, methods. COMPREHENSIONS and FUNCTIONS Comprehensions:ListComprehensions, Set Comprehension, Dictionary Comprehension. Functions: Defining a function, Types of arguments, unpacking arguments. Recursive functions.Main module, built-in, custommodules, importing a module.
Practical Exercises: 1. Implement Tuples 2. Implement Dictionary 3. Implement Set 4.ImplementList, Set and Dictionary Comprehensions 5.Implement Recursive function
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to NUMPY AND PANDAS
|
|
NUMPY Introduction to NumPy, Aggregations Computation on Arrays, Comparisons, Sorting Arrays. PANDAS Introduction to Pandas: Data indexing and Selection, Operating on Data, Handling Missing Data.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
[1]Martin Brown, Python:The Complete Reference, McGraw Hill Publications,4th Edition March 2018. [2]Yashavant Kanetkar,Aditya Kanetkar, Let Us Python, BPB Publications ,4th Edition 2022.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1]Reema Thareja ,Python Programming using problem solving Approach , Oxford University, Higher Education Oxford University Press, 2017 [2]Zhang.Y ,An Introduction to Pythonand Computer Programming,Springer Publications,2015 | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 100% | |
ECO143 - DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is aimed at undergraduate students to introduce to them the prominent debates on democracy and emerging issues in economies. The course discusses how various socioeconomic factors act as constraints on economic growth and development. This basic framework allows a student to delve into the causes and consequences of various strategies/methods taken/applied by policymakers and practitioners and how it affects the overall objective of the state/economy through a trifocal analysis of the economy, society, and market keeping the central theme of ‘Democracy.’This course will introduce students to:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Recognise the growing crisis of wealth and income inequality among the members of the economy. CO2: Understand the economic crisis in different sectors and government interventions in practices. CO3: Get familiar informal sector and labour market participation and rights. CO4: Understand debates about transparency, competition and privatization and its relevance to corruption. CO5: Investigate issues from various perspectives, such as, viewing challenges in economies through the lens of democracy. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Democracy, Democratization and Society
|
|
Theories of Democratization; Democratic and Undemocratic States; Measuring Democracy and Democratization; The Global Wave of Democratization; Causes and Dimensions of Democratization: The Political Economy of Democracy; Political Culture, Mass Beliefs and Value Change; Gender and Democratization; Social Capital and Civil Society; Social Movements and Contention in Democratization Processes: Role, impact on policy reforms and cultural change. | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Democracy, Democratisation and Society
|
|
Theories of Democratisation; Democratic and Undemocratic States; Measuring Democracy and Democratisation; The Global Wave of Democratisation; Causes and Dimensions of Democratisation: The Political Economy of Democracy: Political Culture, Mass Beliefs, and Value Change; Gender and Democratisation; Social Capital and Civil Society; Social Movements and Contention in Democratisation Processes: Role, Impact on Policy Reforms and Cultural Change | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Actors and Institutions
|
|
Conventional Citizen Participation; Institutional Design in New Democracies; Gender and Democratization; A Decade of Democratic Decline and Stagnation. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Actors and Institutions
|
|
Conventional Citizen Participation; Institutional Design in New Democracies; Gender and Democratisation; A Decade of Democratic Decline and Stagnation. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Democracy and Redistribution
|
|
A Theory of political transitions: Choice of the economic and political regime; Theoretical extensions: growth, trade, political institutions; Democracy and the public sector; the state, the treat of expropriation and the possibility of development: Social and economic wellbeing and policy reforms. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Democracy and Redistribution
|
|
A Theory of Political Transitions: Choice of Economic and Political Regime; Theoretical Extensions: Growth, Trade, Political Institutions; Democracy and the Public Sector; the State, the Threat of Expropriation and the Possibility of Development: Social and Economic Wellbeing and Policy Reforms | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Democracy and Economic Growth and Development
|
|
A Marxian theory of democracy; The Importance of Social Class in Historical Comparative Perspective; Dependency and Development; Democracy in Developing Countries; Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Tentative Conclusions about Uncertain Democracies. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Democracy and Economic Development
|
|
A Marxian Theory of Democracy; The Importance of Social Class in Historical Comparative Perspective; The Case Study of India; Dependency and Development; Democracy in Developing Countries; Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Tentative Conclusions about Uncertain Democracies | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Democracy and Economic Growth and Development Indian Experience
|
|
India’s Tryst with Destiny; Democracy, Inequality, and Public Reasoning; A case study on Gujarat experience of development: Approaches, impact, and outcome; Kerala experience of development: Approaches, impact, and outcome. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Democracy and Economic Development: Indian Experience
|
|
India's Tryst with Destiny; Democracy, Inequality and Public Reasoning, A Case Study on Gujarat's Experience of Development: Approaches, Impact and Outcome; Kerala's Experience of Development: Approaches, Impact and Outcome | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Bhagwati, J. N., & Panagariya, A. (2012). India's Tryst with Destiny: Debunking Myths that Undermine Progress and Addressing New Challenges. HarperCollins Publishers. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Boix, C. (2003). Democracy and Redistribution. Cambridge University Press. Drèze, J., & Sen, A. (2015). An Uncertain Glory: India and Its Contradictions. Economics Books. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: 20 marks CIA 2: 20 Marks CIA 3: 45 Marks Attendance: 5 Marks | |
ECO144 - GLOBALISATION AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Liberalisation policies being pursued by most national economies in the world today, including India creates the need to acquire knowledge and comprehension of Globalisation as ideology along with its practical dynamics. The course intends to provide a sound understanding about the various components, and issues of this ideology at an introductory level. The methodology will be learning centered and so will be one of intensive facilitation by faculty of the reading to be done by students. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Describe the various facets of globalisation. CO2: Explain the various challenges of globalisation. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction
|
|
Globalisation: Brief History – The Marrakesh Meet – Globalisation as a contested concept – Debate of Globalisation as a new phenomenon | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
The Political Economy of Globalisation
|
|
Political Economy Debate of Comparative Advantage versus Imperialism – Introduction to Globalisation and the Political Economy of the External Sector. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Dimensions of Globalisation
|
|
The Economics Dimension – The Political Dimension – The Cultural Dimension | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Ideology
|
|
The Ideological Dimension of Globalisation – Challenges to Globalism – Assessing the Future of Globalisation. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Manfred Steger ‘Globalisation the new Market Ideology’. 2. Joseph Stiglitz ‘Discontents of Gloablisaton’ | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Justin Ervin, Zachary A Smith "Globalisation: A Reference Hand Book."
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I - 25 Marks CIA II - 25 Marks ESE - 50 Marks | |
ECO145 - ECOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course aims to provide a holistic and a deeper understanding of the trade-off between ecology and development. Through an inter-disciplinary lens an organic approach is adopted to understand the trade-off. This course, therefore, seeks to cultivate not only the moral and ethical thinking of the ecology but also it tries to put forth an action plan from a policy front. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To evoke a sense of deep ecology and social justice. CO2: To familiarize the students with the development paradigms and how it affects the ecology. CO3: To examine the problems behind value designations |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Ecology and Value
|
|
The Value Problem in Ecological Economics- Values in Ecological Value Analysis: What Should We Be Learning from Contingent Valuation Studies? - Natural Capital in Ecological Economics-Entropy in Ecological Economics. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Ecology and Development
|
|
The environmental impact of land development-Development of water resources-Development and changing air quality- Urban development and environmental change-Environmental economics and ecological economics: Where they can converge?- Power Inequality and the Environment. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Ecofeminism and Ecocriticism
|
|
Gender and environment; Ecofeminism; androcentrism; Deep ecology – ecofeminism debate; Ecocriticism; Nature writings; Thinking like a mountain; The forgetting and remembering of the air - The Varna Trophic System An Ecological Theory of Caste Formation. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:11 |
Action Plans
|
|
Reading Ecology, Reinventing Democracy-Scientists or Spies?- Revisiting the Debates on Man-Nature Relation- Lecture of Medha Patkar- Ecological Fiscal Transfers and State-level Budgetary Spending in India- -Bourgeois Environmentalism, the State, the Judiciary, Urban Poor, Significance of Silent Valley- Silent Valley: A controversy that focused global attention on a rainforest 40 years ago- Equity and Justice | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. 1.Burkett, Paul. (2006). Marxism and Ecological Economics. Brill 2.Daly & Farley. (2011). Ecological Economics (Principles and Applications). Island Press 3.Pepper, D. (2002). Eco-socialism: from deep ecology to social justice. Routledge 1. 4.Gupta, Avijit. (1998).Ecology and Development in Third World. Routledge 4. Patel, S. (1997). Ecology and Development. Economic and Political Weekly, 2388-2391. 5. Sankar, U. (ed.) (2000). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press 6. Burkett, Paul. (2006). Marxism and Ecological Economics. Brill 7.Venkatachalam, L. (2007). Environmental economics and ecological economics: Where they can converge?. Ecological economics, 61(2-3), 550-558. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. 1. Plumwood, V. (1993). Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. London: Routledge 2. Warren, K.J. (ed), (1994). Ecological Feminism. London: Routledge. 3.Shiva, V. (2016). Staying alive: Women, ecology, and development. North Atlantic Books. 4.Kavoori, P. S. (2002). The Varna Trophic system: an ecological theory of caste formation. Economic and Political Weekly, 1156-1164. 5.Gill, K. (2009). Bourgeois environmentalism’, the State, the Judiciary, and the ‘urban poor’: The political mobilization of a scheduled caste market. Of Poverty and Plastic (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2010), 209. 6. Kaur, A., Mohanty, R. K., Chakraborty, L., & Rangan, D. (2021). Ecological fiscal transfers and state-level budgetary spending in India: Analyzing the flypaper effects. Levy Economics Institute, Working Papers Series July. 7.Parameswaran, M. P. (1979). Significance of Silent Valley. Economic and Political Weekly, 1117-1119. 8. Lewis, M. (2002). Scientists or spies? Ecology in a climate of Cold War suspicion. Economic and Political Weekly, 2323-2332.
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 - 25 Marks CIA 2- 25 Marks CIA 3- 50 Marks | |
ENG181-1 - ENGLISH (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
· To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes · To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning · To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning · To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions · To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities, and politics and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes CO2: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class CO3: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
1. The Happy Prince- Oscar Wilde 2. Sonnet 18- William Shakespeare
|
|
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Language
|
|
Common errors- subject-verb agreement, punctuation, tense errors Just a minute talk, cubing | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
1. Why We Travel-Pico Iyer
|
|
Why We Travel-Pico Iyer | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
language
|
|
Sentence fragments, dangling modifiers, faulty parallelism, | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
1. Thinking Like a Mountain By Aldo Leopold
|
|
Thinking Like a Mountain By Aldo Leopold | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
language
|
|
Note taking | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Aarushi-Hemraj Murder Article
|
|
Aarushi-Hemraj Murder Article | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Language
|
|
Newspaper report | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
1. My Story- Nicole DeFreece
|
|
My Story- Nicole DeFreece
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Language
|
|
Essay writing | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Language
|
|
Paraphrasing and interpretation skills | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Casey at the Bat- Ernest Lawrence Thayer
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: ENGlogue 1 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Additional material as per teacher manual will be provided by the teachers | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1=20 CIA 2=50 CIA 3= 20 ESE= 50 marks | |
EST141 - TRAVEL AND TRAVEL NARRATIVES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Travel Literature is one of the most popular areas of study and research today. Theoretical and practical understanding of travel and Travel Literature has evolved a lot in its journey to the present. We discuss journeys at multiple levels; physical, philosophical, psychological, religious, internal, external etc. The involvement of multidisciplinary perspectives has enriched the whole understanding of travel. Questions like why people travel and what happens when one sets out on a journey becomes so pertinent to the whole discipline. This course will try to engage with the ideas of travel and writing on travel from a chronological and historical perspective. This course will also provide students with a modern and comprehensive way of understanding the world of travel and travel narratives.
Course Objective: This course is aimed at providing a comprehensive introduction and survey on the contemporary world of travel and travel narratives. The course is aimed at providing students a direct engagement with the modern theoretical understanding of the travel narratives. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will be able to understand the history and development of travel literature CO2: Students will be able to get an idea of Travel narratives in India CO3: This will provide an introductory peek into the theory of Travel and Travel writing CO4: Students will Will be able to critically and academically engage with travel writings |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||
What is Travel ? A Basic introduction
|
|||||
Travel is the buzz word of the day. In the fast-changing modern world travel plays a vital role in shaping up thoughts and aspirations of people. People travel for multiple reasons like to enjoy, to study, as a profession, etc and the theoretical understanding of travel needs to be taken into account at the beginning itself. Understanding travel in the light of modern socio-political and economic scenario is also very important in today’s global scenario. These basic positions of the course would enable students to look at travel in a broader context to create a better world with diversity and inclusivity. | |||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||
Travel Writing: An Overview
|
|||||
This unit is intended to give students an over view of the evolution of the genre of Travel Writing. Some important theories of travel writing will be introduced in this module along with the evolution of travel narratives in India. | |||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||
Indian Travel Narratives
|
|||||
This module focuses on the evolution of Indian Travel Narratives. | |||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||
Women and Travel Writing in India
|
|||||
This unit is trying to look at the rise and development of women travellers historically and sociologically. This will enable students to critically evaluate the Indian scenario of travel narratives. | |||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Unit I: What is Travel – Basic introduction 1. Pratt, Mary Louise. Imperial Eyes: Studies in Travel Writing and Transculturation.Routledge, 1992. 2. Lislie, Debbie. The Global Politics of Contemporary Travel Writing, Cambridge University Press, 2009 Print. Unit II: Travel Writing: An Overview 1) Hulme, Peter, and Tim Youngs, eds., 2002. The Cambridge Companion to Travel Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge UP. 2) Said, Edward (1983). ‘Traveling Theory.’ The World, the Text, and the Critic. [1982]. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP. 226–47. Unit III: Indian Travel Narratives 1) Bhattacharji, Shobhana(ed). 2008. Travel Writing in India, Sahitya Academy, New Delhi. 2) Mandal, Somadatta. Indian Travel Narratives, Rawat Publications, New Delhi. 2010. Unit IV: Women and Travel Writing in India 1. Ghose, Indira. Women Travellers in Colonial India: The Power of the Female Gaze OUP Delhi 1998 Print. Pp.1-19 2. Nath, Shivya. The Shooting Star: A girl, her backpack and the World, Penguin 2017.
| |||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1) Pratt, Mary louis. 1992. Imperial Eyes, Travel Writing and Transculturation, London: Routledge. 2) Tagore, Rabindranath. 1962. Diary of a Westward Voyage. Asia Publishing House. 3) Dalrymple, William. Nine Lives: In Search of the Sacred in Modern India. Bloomsbury, New Delhi.2010. 1. 4) Jung, Anees. Unveiling India: A Woman’s Journey, Penguin India,1986. 5) Bohls, E. A. (1995). Women travel writers and the language of aesthetics, 1716-1818 (No. 13). Cambridge University Press.
| |||||
Evaluation Pattern Examination and Assessment Assessment Pattern
CIA I and III can be either written analysis/presentation of a travel narrative analysis of a popular writer of contemporary time, debates or seminar/panel discussions. Mid semester exam – A written paper on the modules covered for 50 marks. Section A will have questions (6x5 =30 marks). Section B will have 2 analytical questions (10 marks each) to assess conceptual clarity and understanding of the domain. End-semester exam – Two sections: Section A (30 marks) will have 3 questions (10 marks each) testing the knowledge on the evolution of the genre. Section B (20 Marks)will have 2 conceptual/Analytical question (10 marks each). | |||||
EST142 - READING SPORTS AND LITERATURE (2023 Batch) | |||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:3 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||
Reading Sports and Literature Course Description: The Sports and Literature course aims to explore the relationship between sports and literature through the analysis of various literary works. By examining texts that center around sports themes, this course will delve into the cultural, social, and personal aspects of sports as portrayed in literature. Students will develop critical thinking, analytical, and communication skills as they engage with a diverse range of texts, including novels, short stories, poems, and essays. Through class discussions, readings, and written assignments, students will gain a deeper understanding of the literary representation of sports and its significance in society. Course Objectives: To analyze and interpret literary works that feature sports themes. To examine the portrayal of sports in literature and its reflection of cultural and social values. To explore the personal and psychological dimensions of sports as depicted in literature. To develop critical thinking and analytical skills through textual analysis.
To enhance written and oral communication skills through class discussions and written assignments. |
|||||
Course Outcome |
|||||
CO1: To analyze and interpret literary works that feature sports themes. CO2: To examine the portrayal of sports in literature and its reflection of cultural and social values. CO3: To explore the personal and psychological dimensions of sports as depicted in literature. CO4: To develop critical thinking and analytical skills through textual analysis. CO5: To enhance written and oral communication skills through class discussions and written assignments. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Introduction to Sports and Literature
|
|
Defining the relationship between sports and literature Historical perspectives on sports in literature
The role of sports in society and culture | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
The Heroic Athlete
|
|
Exploring the archetype of the hero in sports literature Analysis of sports heroes and their portrayal in literary works
Themes of triumph, perseverance, and sacrifice | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Gender and Sports
|
|
Gender representation in sports literature Examination of gender roles and expectations in athletic contexts
Sports as a means of empowerment and resistance | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Sports and Identity
|
|
Sports as a vehicle for personal and collective identity Intersectionality and the portrayal of race, ethnicity, and class in sports literature
The relationship between sports and national identity | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Sports and Coming-of-Age
|
|
Analysis of sports as a backdrop for personal growth and maturation The challenges and conflicts faced by young athletes in literature
Themes of ambition, dreams, and disillusionment | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Sports and Society
|
|
Unit 6: Sports and Society Critical examination of the social issues depicted in sports literature Sports as a reflection of broader societal dynamics
Ethics, values, and controversies in the world of sports | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1-20 CIA 2- MSE 50 CIA 3- 30 ESE- 50 | |
EST143 - STORYTELLING, GAMES AND ETHICS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: In the last 20-25 years the field of game studies has evolved significantly. It is globally recognised. Video games have been studied using inter, multi and transdisciplinary methods to understand culture, identity, media, narration and communication. The course will provide a historical, social, cultural and critical foundation about games, digitality, storytelling and its moral and ethical world. This will enable students to understand the connection between identities, moralities and our current engagement with the gaming world. This will help in broadening the interdisciplinary focus and assessment of storytelling in diverse forms and connect it with the ethical issues of the contemporary world.
Course Objectives: The course will survey the evolution of ideas connecting storytelling, gaming and ethics and morality. It will introduce the latest research in gaming and ethics as evidenced in the globalised world. It will provide a methodology for students to assess and critically evaluate the meaning, content, intent, narration (compared to other broader media), ideology and ethical implications of gaming in the contemporary world. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: ? will be able to understand the narrative conventions of gaming, their uses and ideological effects
CO2: ?will evaluate how narrative choices reflect ethical contextualisation CO3: ?will be able to analyse and evaluate contemporary social, cultural and political issues and perspectives reflected in games |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||
Unit I: What is gaming ? Basic introduction
|
|||||
While gaming has been popular, studying games with its historical, social and cultural context requires a foundation in history of games. Locating games within cultures of social transactions and strategic implications will provide the required base to begin the course. | |||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||
Unit II: Gaming, Society and Narration
|
|||||
This unit is divided into three smaller subunits. The students will be divided into smaller groups in class and asked to explore the following blog to choose any one area of interest within the subcategories mentioned. The class will progress accordingly. They have to choose between games and colonialism, games and gender, games and philosophy (utopia/dystopia). | |||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||
Unit III: Games and Ethics
|
|||||
This unit is focussed on ethical framework of games.
| |||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||
Unit IV: Storyboard ? design a game (basic story line)
|
|||||
The students are expected to narrate and design a basic concept for a game to respond to the questions raised in the course. | |||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Unit I: What is gaming – Basic introduction (10 hours) While gaming has been popular, studying games with its historical, social and cultural context requires a foundation in history of games. Locating games within cultures of social transactions and strategic implications will provide the required base to begin the course. 1. Roberts, J. M., Arth, M. J., & Bush, R. R. (1959). Games in culture. American anthropologist, 61(4), 597-605. 2. Chapter 1 from Grace, L. D. (2019). Doing things with games: Social impact through play. CRC Press. Unit II: Gaming, Society and Narration (15 hours) This unit is divided into three smaller subunits. The students will be divided into smaller groups in class and asked to explore the following blog to choose any one area of interest within the subcategories mentioned. The class will progress accordingly. They have to choose between games and colonialism, games and gender, games and philosophy (utopia/dystopia). Reading: Shaw, A. (2010). What is video game culture? Cultural studies and game studies. Games and culture, 5(4), 403-424. Salter, A., & Blodgett, B. (2017). Toxic Geek Masculinity: Sexism, Trolling, and Identity Policing (Cham: Springer International Publishing, 2017), 73-99. Case study: Hellblade: Senua’s Sacrifice Unit III: Games and Ethics (15 hours) Kowert, R., & Quandt, T. (Eds.). (2015). The video game debate: Unravelling the physical, social, and psychological effects of video games. Routledge. (Chapter 2/4/5). Gotterbarn, D. The ethics of video games: Mayhem, death, and the training of the next generation. Inf Syst Front 12, 369–377 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10796-009-9204-x Schrier, K. (2015). EPIC: A framework for using video games in ethics education. Journal of Moral Education, 44(4), 393-424. Sicart, M. (2015). Playing the good life: Gamification and ethics. The gameful world: Approaches, issues, applications, 225-244. Unit IV: Storyboard – design a game (basic story line) The students are expected to narrate and design a basic concept for a game to respond to the questions raised in the course. 1. Workshop by gaming planner/designer 2. https://www.pluralsight.com/blog/film-games/creating-game-concept-first-step-getting-game-ground 3. https://uxdesign.cc/a-board-game-design-process-a-game-is-a-system-5469dfa4536 | |||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Recommended readings: Bolter, J. et al. (1999). Remediation. Understanding New Media. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 20-52; 88-102. Burrill, D. A. (2008). Die tryin': videogames, masculinity, culture (Vol. 18). Peter Lang. (13-44). Mukherjee, S. (2017). Videogames and Postcolonialism. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 1-52. (Rise of the Tomb Raider). Schrier, K. (2017). Designing role-playing video games for ethical thinking. Educational Technology Research and Development, 65(4), 831-868. Sicart, M. (2013). Beyond choices: The design of ethical gameplay. MIT Press. Zhang, Y. (2009). Ian Bogost, Persuasive Games: The Expressive Power of Videogames.
| |||||
Evaluation Pattern Examination and Assessment Assessment Pattern
Evaluation Pattern CIA I and III can be either written analysis/presentation of an author, book review, narrative analysis of a dominant idea of the contemporary time, debates or seminar/panel discussions. Mid semester exam (class test) – A written paper on the modules covered for 50 marks. Section A (10 marks) will have objective questions (20, ½ marks each). Section B will have 4 questions (10 marks each) to assess conceptual clarity. Section B will have one compulsory question which will be analytical. End-semester exam (class test) – Three sections: Section A (10 marks) will have objective questions (20, ½ marks each). Section B will have 1 conceptual question (10 marks each). They will be conceptual. Section C (15 marks each) will be having two case studies - one purely based on identification of features, styles, and narrative devices, and second question will be evaluative and analytical. Consolidated marks will be sent after the final examination. | |||||
EST144 - DESIGN THINKING AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2023 Batch) | |||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45 |
||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||
Course Description
Rural India comprises 66.46% of India’s population and contributes to a large portion of India’s GDP by way of agriculture, services, skilled and non-skilled labour. Rural India suffers from socio-economic distress due to several factors, small land holding, rain dependent agriculture, and lack of alternative sources of income, migration to urban centers and due to several sociological factors. Rural India in its diverse geographies has a huge potential to provide solutions to some of the gravest global challenges pertaining to environment and sustainable development and which remains largely untapped. This calls for a focused approach in exploring the potential opportunities through a scientific approach of critical thinking and creativity, pro-active engagement of rural communities, creating effective structures to implement and create global visibility for the proprietary products and services created. Such an approach will substantially mitigate socio-economic distress in rural communities by providing them income generating opportunities by engaging social enterprises and also contribute to the sustainability goals of the UN. The course of Social Innovation and Entrepreneurship for students of English Language and Literature seeks to sensitise students with an on field immersion with rural India and explore possibilities for enterprise through case studies on innovative rural enterprises. The course seeks to apply their finer eye for aesthetics and culture and Course Objectives
• To familiarize students with the Sustainability goals envisioned by UN and motivate them to proactively contribute towards its attainment. • To create a firsthand awareness of rural India and challenges which can be translated into entrepreneurial opportunities. • To study and analyze different Social Enterprise models and their relative outcomes • To gain an understanding of the challenges of running a social enterprise. • To give students a firsthand experience of understanding the challenges of capacity building and leadership creation in rural communities for an enterprise and engage them proactively in building a sustainable business. • To stimulate curiosity in students to identify the areas of gaps in products and services and come up with creative solutions which can be translated into profitable enterprises. • To help students develop ethical business models founded on the principles of equity and fair play vis-à-vis the engagement of rural and grass root communities • To enable students to curate branding and market strategies for products and services emerging from a social enterprise to make them profitable and sustainable |
|||||
Course Outcome |
|||||
CO1: Students will have a comprehensive understanding of the U N Sustainability goals and get engaged in it proactively. CO2: Students will have gained a firsthand awareness of rural India and challenges which can be translated into entrepreneurial opportunities. CO3: Students will be exposed to different Social Enterprise models and their relative outcomes CO4: Students will have envisaged the challenges of running a social enterprise. CO5: Students will have gained on-field experience of engaging with rural communities for capacity building and leadership CO6: Students will have envisaged the challenges of running a social enterprise. CO7: Students will have identified at least one problem/gap area in a product or service and will have come up with creative solutions as part of their project. CO8: Students will develop business models founded on the principles of equity and fair play vis-Ã -vis the engagement of rural and grass root communities CO9: Students will develop branding and market strategies for products and services which they will have developed as part of their project work. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Understanding UN Sustainability Development Goals
|
|
Session on 17 UN Sustainability Development Goals. After the disucssion, students are asked to identify any two sustainability goals and asked to suggest any action steps that can be taken at the community level to reach the goals. Students present their ideas. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Understanding Rural India
|
|
Field visit and online interaction with members of rural communities to understand how political, societal, and domestic realities vary among different geographies and how they impact life and living of rural communities. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Understanding Rural India
|
|
Field Visit and online interactive session Students visit a village near Bangalore and interact with the communities. Students also have online interactive sessions with women groups in three villages one each in Karnataka, Kerala, and Tamil Nadu. Students study how political, societal, and domestic spheres vary in different geographies of India and how they impact their life and living. Student groups present their finidings. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Rural Enterprise: Case Study
|
|
Student groups identify one Social Entrepreneur in India and analyze their social enterprise vis-a-vis problem identified and addressed, understanding how they converted the problem into a viable business, the business model, challenges and opportunities. Student groups make their presentation | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Grassroots Innovation: Problem Identification and Building the Value Proposition Canvas
|
|
Student groups are given the task of identifying one problem/gap in service which can be converted into an opportunity. Students are taught how to build the value proposition around a problem or gap in service by identifying the pain points and possible gain creators which can result in a business opportunity | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Buildling Proof of Concept, Prototyping/Piloting
|
|
Students are taught how to iterate and build a proof of concept of their solution. Students are facilitated to prototype their products/pilot their innovative solutions i | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Business Model Canvas/Pitch Deck/Presentation
|
|
Students are taught to build a Business Model Canvas of their solution, and prepare a pitch deck and make their final business presentation | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Frugal Innovation: How to Do More With Less: Navi Radjou Jaideep Prabhu • Jugaad Innovation: Navi Radjou, Jaideep Prabhu, Simone Ahuja • Poor Economics: Abhijit Bannerjee, Esther Duflo • The Open Book of Social Innovation: Geoff Mulgan, Robin Murray • The 22 Immutable Laws of Branding: Al Ries • Marketing Strategy- A Decision-Focused Approach: Walker, Mullins | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading A Handbook of Rural India (Readings on Economy, Polity and Society) Surinder S Jodka • Women in Rural India: Vani Prabhakar • Rural Development in India Strategies and Processes: G Sreedhar and D Rajasekar • Communication for Rural Innovation: Cees Leeuwis, A. W. van den ban | |
Evaluation Pattern Two Case Studies-40 Marks Live Project-40 Marks Presentation-20 Marks | |
EST145 - POETICS , POLITICS AND PIVOTAL PEOPLE OF ROCK N ROLL (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description
Rock Music is a sound and dissonance rich discourse with its own socio-cultural practices and aesthetics. This course is an academic introduction to this space and its role in the identity formation of a generation, of a people and a Nation in motion.
Course Objectives
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: ? To critically appreciate characteristics and concerns of popular music
CO2: To read popular music as cultural artefact and socio-political entities
CO3: ? To regard popular music as the voice and identity of a generation and locate its historical trajectory
CO4: ? To engage with artists and performances as cultural texts
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
A brief history of Popular Music before the Beatles
|
|
Tin Pan Alley and song pluggers, World War II Sheet Music Swing and ragtime Vaudeville Frank Sinatra: My Way. Strangers in The Night, New York, New York Nashville, Music Row, Elvis Presley
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Birth of a Genre (From Gospel to Rock)
|
|
Bill Haley Chuck Berry Buddy Holly | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Classic Rock and the British Invasion
|
|
The Beatles and Beatlemania Establishing an aesthetic of Mod TV and bands The Rolling Stones | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Art Rock and the Album Era: Concept Albums and Album Art
|
|
Bands as Artists Beatles / Sgt Pepper’s Pink Floyd /The Wall The Who / Tommy
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
The Politics of Rock n Roll Folk rock: People power; Guerrilla Minstrels Folksong as Protest
|
|
Counter Culture: Vietnam, Draft, Gender, the Mystic East, Woodstock, Ban the Bomb Woody Guthrie Bob Dylan Joan Baez Janis Joplin Simon and Garfunkel Jimi Hendrix Pearl Jam Riot bands | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Whats that sound? An introduction to Rock and its history .
Jon CovachUniversity of Rochester and the Eastman School of Music Andrew Flory Carleton College
W. W. NORTON AND COMPANY NEW YORK • LONDON fifth Edition | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Baugh, Bruce. “Prolegomena to Any Aesthetics of Rock Music”. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, Vol. 51, No. 1 (Winter, 1993): 23-29. JSTOR. The American Society for Aesthetics. Web. 26Jul, 2016. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/431967> Camilleri, Lelio. “Shaping Sounds, Shaping Spaces”. Popular Music, Vol. 29, No. 2 (May 2010): 199-211. JSTOR. Cambridge University Press. Web. 16August, 2016. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/40926918> Chrysalis, Thanos. “Spatio-Aural Terrains”. Leonardo Music Journal, Vol. 16, Noises Off: Sound Beyond Music (2006):40-42. JSTOR. The MIT Press. Web. 29 April, 2015. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4540592 Denisoff R.S. The Sounds of Social Change: Studies in Popular USA Culture. 1972. Rand Mcnally& Co. Denisoff, R. S. Great Day Coming. 1991. Ann Arbor, MI: U-M-I Out-of-Print Books on Demand. Denisoff, R. S. "Sing a Song of Social Significance": Political Consciousness and the Song of Persuasion. 1972. Ohio: Bowling Green State University Popular Press. Denisoff, R. S. Solid Gold Popular Record Industry. 1975. New Brunswick, New Jersey Transactions Inc Ewen, D. Great Men of American Popular Song: The History of the American Popular Song told through the Lives, Careers, Achievements, and Personalities of its Foremost Composers and Lyricists--from William Billings of the Revolutionary War through Bob Dylan, Johnny Cash, Burt Bacharach. 1972. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall. Forcucci, S. L. A Folk Song History of America: America through its Songs. 1984. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall Fox, Aaron A.. “The Jukebox of History: Narratives of Loss and Desire in the Discourse of Country Music”. Popular Music, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Jan,1992): 53-72. JSTOR, Cambridge University Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/853227 > Ganchrow, Raviv. “Perspectives on Sound-Space: The Story of Acoustic Defense”. Leonardo Music Journal, Vol. 19, Our Crowd—Four Composers Pick Composers (2009): 71-75. JSTOR. The MIT Press. Web. 29April, 2015. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/40926354> Hamm, C. Music in the New World. 1983. New York: W.W. Norton and Company. Hampton, W. Guerrilla Minstrels. 1986. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press. Kingman, D. American Music: A Panorama. 1979. New York: Schirmer books. Klonsky, M. “Down in The Village: A Discourse on Hip”. New American Review, 13. 1971. New York: Simon and Schuster. Kostelanetz, Richard. “Text-Sound Art: A Survey (Concluded)”. Performing Arts Journal, Vol. 2, No. 3 (Winter, 1978): 71-84. JSTOR. Performing Arts Journal, Inc. Web. 16 August,2016. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/3245364 >
Kramer, Lawrence. “Music, Metaphor and Metaphysics”. The Musical Times, Vol. 145, No. 1888 (Autumn, 2004): 5-18. JSTOR. Musical Times Publications Ltd. Web. 26 March,2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/4149109> Kun, Josh D. “The Aural Border”. Theatre Journal, Vol. 52, No. 1, Latino Performance (March. 2000): 1-21. The John Hopkins University Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/25068738 > Poulin, A. The American Folk Scene: Dimensions of the Folksong Revival. 1967. New York: Dell Pub. Co. Qureshi, Regula Burckhardt. “Music Anthropologies and Music Histories: A Preface and an Agenda”. Journal of the American Musicology Society, Vol. 48, No. 3 (Autumn 1995): 331-342. JSTOR. University of California Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/3519830 >
Račić, Ladislav. “On the Aesthetics of Rock Music”. International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Dec.1981): 199-202. JSTOR. Croatian Musicological Society. Web. 1Dec., 2017. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/836562> Ricks, C. The Force of Poetry. 1995. Oxford University Press. Rodnitzky, J. L. Minstrels of the Dawn: The Folk-Protest Singer as a Cultural Hero. 1976. Chicago: Nelson-Hall. Tagg, Philip. “Analyzing popular music: theory, method and practice.” Popular Music 1 (1979): 68-70. Web.
| |
Evaluation Pattern Assessment: (20 marks). Choose a song that has been an effective anthem for a cause or genre and analyse it in about 500-750 words. CIA II: (Mid Sem 50 marks) Choose a pivotal figure from Rock history and trace their career and impact on society. Consider image and sound in the construction of this image. CIA III:(20marks) The class in groups of 5-6 will anthologise a series of songs, artists and their work.
Archiving: End Semester: Identify a Bangalore based band or genre of popular music with approval of your course instructor . Conduct a study of their work and evolution and impact on the city and vice versa. Use data beyond library sources and provide due evidence. Your archive entry must include a 750-1000word reflective essay that validates your choice of artist, understanding of the form and significance of the work. You must also identify, interview and record these interactions. Provide clips from concerts duly cited. Include memorabilia like tickets, album art, newspaper or magazine clips
| |
EST146 - FOOD AND LITERATURE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description:
This course offers an interdisciplinary exploration of the connections between food and literature, focusing on how food has been represented in literary works from different cultures and time periods. In addition, the course will provide an overview of the history and evolution of food culture, as well as the politics and economics of food production and consumption. By examining culinary themes in literary works, students will gain a deeper understanding of how food functions as a powerful symbol and narrative device in literature, reflecting social, cultural, and historical contexts. This course provides an opportunity for students to explore the rich connections between food and literature, fostering critical thinking, cultural awareness, and personal reflection.
Course Objectives
1. To enhance the ability to identify and interpret the symbolic, metaphorical, and cultural significance of food within literary works.
2. To help explore how food reflects and shapes social, historical, and cultural aspects of different societies and communities, shaping individual and collective identities and reflect social hierarchies and inequalities.
3. To develop the ability to craft vivid and evocative descriptions by learning techniques for using sensory details, imagery, and figurative language to bring culinary experiences to life in their own writing.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will develop a deeper understanding of the cultural context of food and its representation in literature and its portrayal journalistic genres. CO2: Students will be able to appreciate the influence of food on individual and collective identities. CO3: They will understand how food can reinforce or challenge social hierarchies and inequalities. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Unit I- Introduction to Food and Literature
|
|
Definition and scope; cultural, historical, and social significance of food; overview of how literature incorporates culinary themes
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Short Stories
|
|
Anton Chekhov: "Gooseberries"
Margaret Atwood: "Bread"
Borden Deal: “The Taste of Watermelon"
Mona Gardner: "The Dinner Party"
Shobha Narayan: “First Foods”Excerpt from Monsoon Diary: A Memoir with Recipes
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Poetry
|
|
Li-Young Lee: "Eating Together"
Gwendolyn Brooks: "Kitchenette Building"
Seamus Heaney: "At a Potato Digging "
Risa Potters: "In My Mother’s Things"
Choman Hardi: “My Mother’s Kitchen”
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Essays
|
|
Ligaya Mishan: What We Write About When We Write About Food (NY Times, 2022)
Roland Barthes: Wine and Milk
Jackie Varriano: “How Female Food writers penned their way out of the home kitchen”
Nimisha Sinha: “Delicious Fictions: Reading Food in Literature”
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
§ Chekhov, Anton. Gooseberries. United Kingdom, Penguin Books Limited, 2015.
§ Atwood, Margaret. “Bread.” Women on War: An International Anthology of Women's Writings from Antiquity to the Present. United States, Feminist Press at the City University of New York, 2003.
§ Deal, Bordan “The Taste of Watermelon”. 1979
§ Gardner, Mona. “The Dinner Party.” The Saturday Review of Literature. 1941.
§ Narayan, Shoba. Monsoon Diar: A Memoir with Recipes. India, Penguin Group, 2004.
§ Lee, Young- Li. “Eating Together” Poetry Foundation.< https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43015/eating-together-56d221af2bf26> Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Brooks, Gwendolyn. “kitchenette building” Poetry Foundation. < https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43308/kitchenette-building> Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Heaney, Seamus. “At a Potato Digging” < https://genius.com/Seamus-heaney-at-a-potato-digging-annotated> Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Potters, Risa. “In My Mother’s Things”Rattle. https://www.rattle.com/in-my-mothers-things-by-risa-potters/ Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Hardi, Choman. “My Mother’s Kitchen” Poetry Archive. < https://poetryarchive.org/poem/my-mothers-kitchen/> Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Mishan, Ligaya. “What We Write About When We Write About Food” The new York Time Style Magazine. 18 February 2022. < https://www.nytimes.com/2022/02/18/t-magazine/food-writing-journalism-criticism.html> Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Varriano, Jackie. “How Female Food writers penned their way out of the home kitchen” 02 March 2022. < https://www.seattletimes.com/life/food-drink/how-women-food-writers-penned-their-way-out-of-the-home-kitchen/ > Accessed on 22 July 2023.
§ Barthes, Roland. “Wine and Milk.”Mythologies: The Complete Edition, in a New Translation. United States, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2013.
§ Sinha, Nimisha. “Delicious Fictions: Reading Food in Literature.” Caffe Dissensus. 28 January 2020. < https://cafedissensus.com/2020/01/28/delicious-fictions-reading-food-in-literature/> Accessed on 22 July 2023
§ Shahani, Gitanjali G. Food and Literature. United States, Cambridge University Press, 2018.
§ Fitzpatrick, Joan. 2012a. "Food and Literature: An Overview." The Routlege International Handbook of Food Studies. Edited by Ken Albala. Routledge International Handbooks. London. Routledge. pp. 122-34
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
§ Gilbert, Sandra M.. The Culinary Imagination: From Myth to Modernity. United States, W. W. Norton, 2014.
§ Hosking, Richard. Food and Language: Proceedings of the Oxford Symposium of Food and Cookery 2009. United Kingdom, Prospect Books, 2010.
§ Waxman, Barbara Frey. “Food Memoirs: What They Are, Why They Are Popular, and Why They Belong in the Literature Classroom.” College English, Vol. 70, No. 4, Special Focus: Food (Mar., 2008): 363-383
§ Ferrier, Peyton. “Food in Popular Literature.” Choices, Vol. 29, No. 1 (1st Quarter 2014): 1-6
§ Jones, Michael Owen . “Food Choice, Symbolism, and Identity: Bread-and-Butter Issues for Folkloristics and Nutrition Studies (American Folklore Society Presidential Address, October 2005)” The Journal of American Folklore, Vol. 120, No. 476 (Spring, 2007), pp. 129-177
§ Daly. Suzanne, and Ross G. Forman. “Introduction: Cooking Culture: Situating Food and Drink in the Nineteenth Century.” Victorian Literature and Culture, Vol. 36, No. 2 (2008), pp. 363-373
§ Holtzman, Jon D. “Food and Memory.” Annual Review of Anthropology, Vol. 35 (2006), pp. 361-378
§ Tigner, Amy L., and Carruth, Allison. Literature and Food Studies. United Kingdom, Taylor & Francis, 2017.
§ Fisher, Mary Frances Kennedy. The Gastronomical Me. United States, World Publishing Company, 1948.
§ "Feast and Famine: Food Imagery and Class Identity in Victorian Literature" by Debra L. Gimlin (Victorian Literature and Culture)
§ Albala, Ken. Routledge International Handbook of Food Studies. United States, Taylor & Francis, 2013.The Routledge Companion to Literature and Food. United States, Taylor & Francis, 2018.
§ Counihan, Carole, and Penny Van Esterik. Food and Culture: A Reader. New York: Routledge, 2013. Print.
§ Humble, Nicola. The Literature of Food: An Introduction from 1830 to Present. India, Bloomsbury Publishing.
§ J. Michelle Coghlan. The Cambridge Companion to Literature and Food. India, Cambridge University Press, 2020.
§ Fitzpatrick, Joan, and Boyce, Charlotte. A History of Food in Literature: From the Fourteenth Century to the Present. United Kingdom, Taylor & Francis, 2017.
§ Kara K. Keeling, Scott T. Pollard. Critical Approaches to Food in Children's Literature. N.p., Taylor & Francis, 2012. Print.
§ < https://www.nytimes.com/2022/02/18/t-magazine/food-writing-journalism-criticism.html>
§ Julia Rappaport: “Take a bite out of food writing”
§ < https://www.writermag.com/improve-your-writing/nonfiction/take-bite-food-writing/>
§ < https://www.seattletimes.com/life/food-drink/how-women-food-writers-penned-their-way-out-of-the-home-kitchen/>
§ Ceillie Clark- Keane: “Women Writing Food” < https://blog.pshares.org/women-writing-food/>
§ Barthes, Rolan. “Wine and Mild.” Mythologies. New York: Hill and Wang, 195: 58-61. Print.
§ Kapla, David M. “Introduction: The Philosophy of Food.” The Philosophy of Food. University of California Press, 2012:1-23. <https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.1525/j.ctt7zw2cx.3 >
| |
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1: Presentation (20 Marks)
Create a character diary or character letter in the voice of a character from any chosen literary work.
Mid Semester: Research paper (50 Marks)
Analyze literary works (novel/ poem/short story/ play) for food-related social issue addressed in their narrative and write a research paper in 1000- 1500 words considering the broader social, political or cultural significance of these issues/ representations.
CIA 3: Photo Essay (20 Marks)
Create a photo essay on a particular cuisine, street food, or food markets in Bangalore focusing on any kind of its presentation.
End Semester: Food Narrative Project (50 Marks)
Create a food narrative project based on a specific food culture (local/regional) or a family/ community recipe. The foodscape should focus on these four aspects- recipe, anecdote, history and relevance, the transformative culinary experience and the rationale for the choice of recipe. Recall specific sensory details associated with your chosen theme or focus. Consider the taste, smell, texture, and appearance of the food. Reflect on the ambiance, sounds, and emotions evoked by the culinary experience. Conduct research to explore the cultural, historical, or social context to your food narrative. It should include photographs, videos, or any other visual or auditory elements.
| |
EST147 - HISTORY OF INDIAN BUSINESS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course seeks to historically explore the features, activities, phenomenon that shaped the Indian Business. Focus of the course is on history that has influenced and informed the contours of modern Indian business not to emphasize the capitalistic foundation of any business. The course traces the interaction between Europe and pre-colonial Indian approaches, caste system influencing the business, impact of Globalisation leading to the fourth industrial revolution shaping the businesses in India. Objectives: · To trace the historical phenomenon influencing the Indian business · To understand that business responds to different political, social, cultural aspects of a society, not a-historical money-making venture |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will be familiar with the different business practices such as business communities/groups and multinational firms CO2: Students will have ?historical? approach and understand the importance of historical sensibility in Management Studies |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to Business History: Meaning and Scope
|
|
· What is Business History? · Contours of Indian Business History | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Beginning of Indian Business
|
|
· Precolonial trade in India - a. Agency Houses b. Opium Trade c. Banking Houses d. Anglo-Bania Alliance · European trading interests in India The East India Company and the manufactures upto 1757 British private trade in eighteenth century East India Company’s trade, 1757-1833 · European Agency Houses Currency credit and indigenous bankers, 1800-1850 Origins and growth of Managing Agencies- new industries and technology | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Transition to Industrial Capitalism
|
|
· The East India Company · The Industrial Revolution & Railroads · Entrepreneurship and Rise of the Industrial Elite | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Second Industrial Revolution
|
|
· The growth of big business in India and abroad · Mergers in the 19th and early 20th century · Family oriented firms and practices | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Business in Post-independent and Globalising India
|
|
· Government industrial policy Growth of Business: 1947-1990 · Technical innovations · Multinationals · Shifts in the policy and their critique | |
Text Books And Reference Books: · Tripathi, Dwijendra & Jumani, Jyoti. 2013. The Oxford History of Contemporary Indian Business. New Delhi: Oxford University Press · Roy, Tirthankar. 2011. The Economic History of India, 1857-1947. New Delhi: OUP. · Lectures delivered at Godrej Archives, Mumbai | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Roy, Tirthankar. Company of Kinsmen: Enterprise and Community in South Asian History 1700-1940 A Pictorial History of Indian Bussiness | |
Evaluation Pattern 2 Class tests to assess the concepts discussed in class for 20 marks each Compiling the history of a Bangalore based family business; write a narrative based on the changes that the business has adopted to survive and responded to the changing business environment - 30 marks Select a woman entreprenuer who is running a bussiness for the past 10years in Bangalore. Interview her to understand the business from its inception, her business philosophy and her journey as a business woman. Video record the interview. The interview should be atleast for 20min. The video should be accompanied by a reflective essay. - 30marks | |
EST148 - THE OCEANS IN CINEMA: A BLUE HUMANITIES READING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Moving from land to ocean marks a shift in our understanding with fluidity as the focal point. ‘Blue Humanities’ or ‘Blue Cultural Studies’ uses the ocean as the lens to foreground diverse historical, social, cultural, economic and political aspects. The expansive field of Blue Humanities adopts a multidisciplinary approach, weaving together insights from environmental studies, oceanography, marine studies, cultural studies, film studies, history, etc. The course specifically focuses on revisiting the cliched conceptualization of the ocean as vast, alien, terra nullis and ahistorical. The ‘Oceanic Turn’ transitions from the surface to the depths below to explore the three-dimensional ocean through socio-cultural representations. Reading the ocean and the sea through cinema from across the world will help understand how the ocean is portrayed in myriad ways ‘foregrounding and problematizing issues connected to gender, race, pollution, social justice, maritime activities, privatization, globalization, capitalism ontologies’ to revisit our established thought regimes. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: ? Appreciate and interpret the ocean in the light of Blue Humanities CO2: ? Analyze and understand the changing relationships between societies and the ocean through the cinematic representations CO3: ? Rethink and initiate action towards oceanic thinking and sustainability |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Knowing the Ocean: Re-visiting History and Origins
|
|
The unit will provide an alternative reading of our established understanding of ‘Origins’ with reference to the ocean – formation of the earth, the oceans, plants and animals and human beings. Destabilizing the pre-set reading of the formation of the world and prioritizing the land over the sea, the unit will help refocus the establishment of life in the Universe.
· Excerpts from Rachel Carson, The Sea Around Us · Steve Mentz, “Two Origins: Alien or Core?” · Philip E. Steinberg and Kimberley Peters, “Wet Ontologies, Fluid Spaces: Giving Depth to Volume Through Oceanic Thinking”
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
Mapping the Ocean: Reading through Blue Humanities
|
|
The unit will throw light on the field of Ecocriticism with specific focus on Blue Humanities and its emerging engagement with the oceans around the world. The unit will help position the study of the oceans in the field of Humanities with specific reference to Cultural studies to frame the Blue Cultural Studies. · Excerpts from Sidney I. Dobrin, “Unearthing Ecocriticism” · John R. Gillis – “The Blue Humanities”https://www.neh.gov/humanities/2013/mayjune/feature/the-blue-humanities
· Helen M Rozwadowski, Oceans in three Paradoxes: Knowing the Blue through Humanities – Virtual Exhibition https://www.environmentandsociety.org/exhibitions/oceans-three-paradoxes | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
Seeing the Ocean: Re-viewing the ocean through cinema
|
|
The unit will probe into pivotal aspects surrounding the construction of the ocean space through filmic representations of the ocean. The intent is to analyze through a range of issues informing the oceanic representations in films to unearth the pluri-focussed politics, both explicit and otherwise, manoeuvring through them - Maritime histories and activities, Aquatic world, Disasters, Conquests, Wars, Exploration, Adventure, Folk Tales and Myths, Colonialism and Postcolonialism, Gender, Race, Capitalism, International Relations, Globalization, Ecology and Medical Humanities. · James L. Smith and Steve Mentz - Learning an Inclusive Blue Humanities: Oceania and Academia through the Lens of Cinema · Stefan Helmreich, “Massive movie waves and the Anthropic Ocean” · Dilip M Menon, “Sea-Ing Malayalam Cinema” · Rie Karatsu, “The Representation of the Sea and the Feminine in Takeshi Kitano's A Scene at the Sea (1991) and Sonatine (1993)” (SLA)
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: Carson, Rachel. The Sea Around Us. Canongate, 2021 Dobrin, Sidney I. Blue Ecocriticism and the Oceanic Imperative. Routledge, 2021. Mentz, Steve. An Introduction to Blue Humanities. Routledge, 2023. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · Blum, Hester. “Introduction: Oceanic Studies.” Atlantic Studies, vol. 10, no. 2, June 2013, pp. 151–55. · Chen, Cecilia, Janine MacLeod, and Astrida Neimanis, editors. Thinking with Water. McGill-Queens Univ. Press, 2013. · DeLoughrey, Elizabeth. “Toward a Critical Ocean Studies for the Anthropocene.” English Language Notes, vol. 57, no. 1, Apr. 2019, pp. 21–36. · Di Leo, Jeffrey R., editor. “Blue Humanities,” Symploke, vol. 27 no. 1, 2019, pp. 7-10. · · Gillis, John R. “The Blue Humanities.” HUMANITIES, vol. 34, no. 3, May/June 2013. · Jue, Melody. Wild Blue Media: Thinking through Seawater. Duke Univ. Press, 2020. · Mentz, Steve. “Toward a Blue Cultural Studies: The Sea, Maritime Culture, and Early Modern English Literature.” Literature Compass, vol. 6, no. 5, Sept. 2009, pp. 997–1013. · Mentz, Steve. Ocean. Bloomsbury Academic, 2020. · Mentz, Steve. Shipwreck Modernity: Ecologies of Globalization, 1550-1719. Univ. of Minnesota Press, 2016. · Raban, Jonathan, editor. The Oxford Book of the Sea. Oxford Univ. Press, 1993. · Roorda, Eric. The Ocean Reader: History, Culture, Politics. Duke Univ. Press, 2020. · Steinberg, Philip E. The Social Construction of the Ocean. Cambridge Univ. Press, 2001.
| |
Evaluation Pattern As the course is multidisciplinary, the assessments will be done periodically to gauge the student’s level of understanding and learning. Review writing, weaving together a scrapbook, review tests and photo essays will form part of the assessment. End semester evaluation will be based on students setting up an online archive. They shall create an online archive selecting topics and presenting them by blending texts, theory and research. The submission will also have a viva component. | |
HIS141 - HISTORY AND CINEMA (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course attempts to map out the connection between history and cinema. It aims to look at how cinema can be treated as a visual text and a source for understanding history. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To enhance and deepen the understanding of history through cinema. CO2: To enable the students to develop their understanding and awareness of the rich possibilities of cinema and its connection with history. CO3: To enhance the analytical skills of students and develop an understanding of how cinema engages with socio-cultural and political concerns, by placing the cinema in their historical context and engage with the current debates and future challenges with cinema as a medium. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 1
|
|
a) History as a narrative – History and Truth Contested Notions –Ideology, Sources and Historian b) Multiple Identities and Histories – History as a point of reference – Issues of Legitimacy & Justification. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 2
|
|
a) Cinema as a narrative – Words and Images – Genre- Representation Vs. Reality – Propaganda – selling History. b) Language of Cinema- Color – Angles – Movement | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
UNIT 2
|
|
a) Cinema as a narrative – Words and Images – Genre- Representation Vs. Reality – Propaganda – selling History. b) Language of Cinema- Color – Angles – Movement | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 3
|
|
a) Between History and Cinema: The problem of linear narratives and flash back – questions of authenticity – definition of authenticity. b) Cinema as a political, social and historical text. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Chapman, J. (2003). Cinemas of the World: Film and Society from 1895 to the Present. Reaktion Books. Chapman, J., Glancy, M., & Harper, S. (Eds.). (2007). The new film history: sources, methods, approaches. Springer. Ferro, M. (1988). Cinema and history. Wayne State University Press. Chapman, J. (2005). Past and present: national identity and the British historical. London: IB Tauris. Miskell, P. (2004). Historians and film. In Making History (pp. 253-264). Routledge. Nowell-Smith, G. (Ed.). (1996). The Oxford history of world cinema. OUP Oxford. Raghavendra, M. K. (2014). Seduced by the Familiar: Narration and Meaning in Indian Popular Cinema. Oxford University Press. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Chapman, J. (2013). Cinema, propaganda and national identity: British film and the Second World War. In British Cinema, Past and Present (pp. 213-226). Routledge. Miskell, P. (2005). Seduced by the silver screen: Film addicts, critics and cinema regulation in Britain in the 1930s and 1940s. Business History, 47(3), 433-448. Sedgwick, J., Miskell, P., & Nicoli, M. (2019). The market for films in postwar Italy: Evidence for both national and regional patterns of taste. Enterprise & Society, 20(1), 199-228. Raghavendra, M. K. (2011). Bipolar identity: Region, nation, and the Kannada language film. Oxford University Press. Raghavendra, M. K. (2014). The Politics of Hindi Cinema in the New Millennium: Bollywood and the Anglophone Indian Nation. Sanyal, D. (2021). MK Raghavendra, “Locating World Cinema: Interpretations of Film as Culture” (Bloomsbury Academic India, 2020).
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: 10 Marks CIA 2: Mid Semester Examinations 25 Marks CIA 3: 10 Marks End semester examination: 50 Marks Attendance: 5 Marks | |
LAW141 - CYBER LAW (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Cyber law has emerged as a medium for growth with immense potential for solving many new and interesting challenges. The course aims at appreciating one of the important emerging areas of law and the nitty-gritty involved in it. This introduces the students to the underlying philosophy of the subject and its relation to other areas focusing on human rights. UNIT 1 is designed to introduce students to the role of law in technology, especially the internet and is designed to give a brief overview of the historical aspects of the internet. UNIT 2 acquaints the students with the regulation of cyberspace. UNIT 3 deals with digital contracts and information technology, while UNIT 4 deals entirely on cyber crimes which are rampant in the digital era. UNIT 5 issues in E-commerce. Unit 6 deals with IPR issues in cyberspace and UNIT 7 deals with international regulation of cyberspace. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Gain an understanding of the underlying philosophy of cyber law and its relation to information technology. CO2: Facilitate an overall understanding on needs for regulation of information technology in India
CO3: Impart basic idea of information technology and its relation with digital signature CO4: Acquaint with legal challenges arising out of privacy issues awareness about the various kinds of cyber crimes and legal issues and cases |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF CYBER LAW
|
|
An overview of cyber world – Jurisprudence of cyber law – Scope of cyber law – Introduction to Indian cyber law | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 2 CYBERSPACE
|
|
Meaning, nature and emergence of cyberspace – Attributes of cyberspace – Classification of cyberspace – Legal framework for cyberspace
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 3 DIGITAL CONTRACTS
|
|
Law of digital contracts – Functions of digital signature – Electronic and digital signature – procedural and functional issues – Legal issues of digital signatures – Certifying authority – Regulatory framework of digital signatures
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 4 CYBER CRIMES
|
|
Salient features – Cyber crime and related concepts – Types of crimes – Regulation of cyber crime – International perspective
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 5 E-COMMERCE
|
|
Emerging significant of – e-Commerce – Transactions and Technology of e-Commerce – e-Commerce Contracts – Legal Issues of e-Commerce and Case Laws – e-Commerce Legislations | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 6 IPR ISSUES
|
|
IPR - An overview – Copyright issues in Cyberspace – Trademark issues in Cyberspace – Computer software and related IPR issues – Domain names and related issues | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
UNIT 7 INTERNATIONAL SCENARIO IN CYBER LAWS
|
|
European convention of Cyber Crimes – UNCITRAL Model Law on e-commerce 1996 – International Legal Regime relating to IPR – Berne Convention, Rome Convention, WIPO Copyright, UDRP, OECD Convention on Database Protection – Domestic legal regime – Information Technology Act , 2000. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Seth Karnika, Computers Internet and New Technology Laws. Gurgaon: Lexis Nexis, 2013 Cyber Security & Cyber Laws - by Nilakshi Jain & Ramesh Menon, Wiley 2020 Cyber Crimes & Law - by Dr Vishwanath Paranjepe, 2nd Edtn 2019, Central Law Agency | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Cyber Crimes & Law - by Dr Vishwanath Paranjepe, 2nd Edtn 2019, Central Law Agency | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-I: Assessment Description: Class test for 20 marks on assessing the understanding of the fundamentals of Cyber law. It is a class room test. 2 questions for 25 marks each carrying 12.5 marks. CIA-II: Oral Presentation, shall be accompanied by PPT by a group of 5 students for maximum of 15 minutes on any Cyber law issues. CIA-III: Students will be given a specific topic or case law. They are required to identify the research issues and find an answer to it by analysing the available literature. | |
LAW142 - RIGHT TO INFORMATION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
There is no gainsaying the fact that knowledge is the paramount source of empowerment and empowerment enriches democracy. The attributes of democracy, viz. the government- of, by and for the people, can be realized successfully if the people are well informed and participate in decision making. To achieve this goal, the Parliament has enacted the Right to Information Act, 2005, and the same has conferred, the most invaluable right to be informed, on the people. Hailed widely as a vaccine against corruption and a multi-vitamin for nourishment of democracy, law relating to Right to Information has become an indispensable weapon for the citizens. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To comprehensively understand the legal framework regarding the Right to Information in India. CO2: To contextualise Right to Information in the broader realm of public law along with allied concepts such as open governance, rule of law, accountability, transparency etc. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Introduction
|
|
Historical background; Shift in attitudes- secrecy, privilege, open government; Citizens’ right to know; Campaign for freedom of information; Constitutional Provisions; Technological revolution – Information technology | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Legal Framework
|
|
Right to information Act. 2005 – Overview – Objectives and reasons – Scope of the Act and Overall Scheme of the Act – What concerned citizens will want to know – Definitions | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
OBLIGATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES
|
|
Right to information; Obligations of public authorities; Public information officers; Request for information; Disposal of request | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
RIGHT TO INFORMATION ? EXEMPTIONS
|
|
Grounds for rejection to access in certain cases; Severability; Third party information; Statutory exemptions | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
INFORMATION COMMISSIONS
|
|
Constitution of Central Information Commission; State information commission; Powers and functions of commission; Appeal and Penalties; Freedom of information in commercial disputes; Right to Privacy v Right to information | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern As per University norms | |
LAW143 - LABOUR AND SOCIAL WELFARE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
It is a solitary principle of industrial relations that a happy and content labourer is an indispensable asset for any employer. However, labourers have not received their due on account of historical wrongs, and in this era of a market economy, labourers do not seem to get the minimum standards of social security. As a result, industrial peace and harmony have remained a distant dream. Hence, constant efforts are being made by the governments to ameliorate the working conditions of labour in order to ensure minimum welfare for the workers. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO 1 : Explain the general concept of labour social welfare and also the constitutional foundation of the same CO 2 : Analyse the role of the International Labour Organisation in the protection of Labour Welfare CO 3 : Describe existing provisions relating to the working conditions of Labourers CO 4 : Describe the legal provisions relating to the health, safety, and welfare conditions of the
employees. CO 5 : Analyze the legal provisions relating to Maternity benefits in workplaces CO 6: Describe the legal provisions relating to and regulation of Contractual employment in India |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
Meaning and nature of social security; Public assistance v. Public insurance; Constitutional foundations and the role of ILO | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE OF WORKERS
|
|
Introduction; Manufacturing and hazardous processes; Health, safety and welfare in factories; Working hours and employment of young persons | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
EMPLOYEES' INSURANCE
|
|
Introduction; Important definitions; ESI Corporation; Various benefits | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
MATERNITY BENEFIT
|
|
Introduction; Employment of or work by women; Right to payment of maternity benefit; Dismissal and deduction of wages | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
CONTRACT LABOUR
|
|
Introduction: nature and meaning; Licensing of contractors; Regulation and abolition of Contract Labour | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Industrial Jurisprudence: A Critical Commentary by Dr EM Rao., Lexis Nexis., Second Edition 2015 p. 14-21 Labour and Industrial Law by H.L.Kumar., Universal Law Publishing Co., 2 volumes 15th edition 2010.,p.2082-2125 P.L.Malik‟s Industrial Law 2 Volumes., Eastern Book Company., 23rd Edition 2011.,p.2398-2405 Pai, G. B. Labour Law in India. New Delhi: Butterworth, 2001. Rao, E. M. Industrial Jurisprudence, New Delhi: LexisNexis (India), 2004. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Industrial Jurisprudence: A Critical Commentary by Dr EM Rao., Lexis Nexis., Second Edition 2015 p. 14-21 Labour and Industrial Law by H.L.Kumar., Universal Law Publishing Co., 2 volumes 15th edition 2010.,p.2082-2125 P.L.Malik‟s Industrial Law 2 Volumes., Eastern Book Company., 23rd Edition 2011.,p.2398-2405 Pai, G. B. Labour Law in India. New Delhi: Butterworth, 2001. Rao, E. M. Industrial Jurisprudence, New Delhi: LexisNexis (India), 2004. | |
Evaluation Pattern Assessment outline: There are in all 3 components in the scheme of evaluation. Weightage for the components is indicated in percentage. CIA I- Class Test carrying 25 marks CIA II – Class Test carrying 25 marks CIA III – Class Test carrying 50 marks | |
LAW144 - ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The present decline in environmental quality calls for a stricter enforcement of laws relating to protection of environment. The objective of this course is to give an insight into various legislations that has been enacted in our country for protection of environment and also to create awareness among the citizens of the country about the duties cast on them under various legislations in relation to protection of environment.
Course Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: learn about environmental law C02: make students environmentally conscious |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
INTRODUCTION | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ENVIRONMENT
|
|
INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ENVIRONMENT | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
JUDICIAL REMEDIES AND PROCEDURES AVAILABLE FOR ABATEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
|
|
JUDICIAL REMEDIES AND PROCEDURES AVAILABLE FOR ABATEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986
|
|
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986 | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986
|
|
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986 | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974
|
|
WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974 | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
FORESTS AND CONSERVATION LAWS
|
|
FORESTS AND CONSERVATION LAWS | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
WILD LIFE PROTECTION AND THE LAW
|
|
WILD LIFE PROTECTION AND THE LAW | |
Unit-9 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
|
|
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT | |
Text Books And Reference Books: MC Mehta Enviromental Law Book | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading MC Mehta Enviromental Law Book | |
Evaluation Pattern Class Discussion: 50 Marks MCQ exam: 50 Marks | |
LAW145 - PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE AND PRACTICE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Parliament is the heart and soul of any parliamentary democracy which is envisaged to reflect the expectations and aspirations of the people. In fact, it is the chief law-making organ and it comprises of members from different backgrounds, so as to represent the varied expectations of the people. As such, it has an onerous responsibility of making laws in a manner which caters to the requirements of the society cutting across the party lines. In twenty-first century, the age of technology and information, the role of Parliament has increased manyfold as the impressions of “We the People” have also undergone a sea change with respect to the quality of the law made. In this context, a fundamental knowledge of the law-making process and the requisites of the same is essential for the citizens. Hence this course is devised to introduce the students to the essentials of law-making process by the Parliament as well as the privileges conferred on the members of Parliament. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the Constitutional framework on Parliamentary Practice and Procedure in India CO2: Analyse the Parliamentary Privileges in India CO3: Examine the Law-making process and role of Parliamentary Committees in India |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
INDIAN PARLIAMENT AND POLITY
|
|
Structure, powers and functions of Houses of Parliament – Loksabha, Rajya Sabha, Joint Sessions | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
CONSTITUTION OF HOUSES
|
|
Members and presiding officers, election, powers and functions, Powers of President in relation to Parliament | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
LAW-MAKING PROCESS
|
|
Classification of Bills, procedures relating to passing of Bills, presentation of Budget | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
RULES OF BUSINESS IN PARLIAMENT
|
|
Summoning, petitions, resolutions, motions, question-answers, matters of urgent public importance | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
PARLIAMENTARY PRIVILEGES
|
|
Sources of Parliamentary privileges, immunities, procedure | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
PARLIAMENTARY COMMITTEES
|
|
Parliamentary Committees, Government Committee, Ad hoc Committees, Joint Committee | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Anoop Mishra (Ed.), Practice and Procedure of Parliament, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. New Delhi (2016) Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India (2022), Lexis Nexis, Gurgaon Lok Sabha Secretariate, Parliamentary Privileges (2019), New Delhi Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs, Manual of Parliamentary Procedures in India (2018), New Delhi
Subhash Kashyap, Our Parliament, National Book Trust (2020), New Delhi
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Apoorva Shankar and Shreya Singh, Parliamentary Procedures: A Primer [Rajya Sabha] (2015), PRS Legislative Research, New Delhi Lok Sabha Secretariate, Budgetary Process (2019), New Delhi M.P. Jain, Indian Constitutional Law (8th Edn., 2018) Lexis Nexis, Gurgaon | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-I : 25 Marks (25%) CIA-II: 25 Marks (25%) CIA-III: 50 Marks (50%)
| |
MAT141 - FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is designed as a foundation course in Mathematics for those who have not been exposed to any Mathematics course earlier. This enables the students to improve their analytical, reasoning and problem solving skills. Topics included are Set Theory, Theory of Equations, Matrices and Determinants. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Solve problems on sets, union and intersection of sets, complement of sets, inclusion and exclusion principle, linear, quadratic, cubic operations and fourth roots of unity. CO2: Demonstrate conceptual and working knowledge of Matrices and Determinants. CO3: Solve linear/nonlinear equations and a system of linear equations. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Set Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Set Theory – Definition – Types of Sets – Operation on sets (Union, Intersection Complement, Difference) – Venn Diagram – Application problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Equations and Inequalities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Basic linear Equations, Modeling with equations, – solution of linear equation – Quadratic equations – solutions of Quadratic equations – The equation x2 + 1 = 0 and introduction to complex numbers - Square roots, cube roots and fourth roots of unity, inequalities. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Matrices and Determinants
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Matrices – Types of Matrices – Operations on Matrices – Expansion of 2nd and 3rd order Determinants – Minors – Co-factors – Adjoint – Singular and Non-singular matrices – Inverse of a matrix – Solution of systems of linear equations by matrix and determinant methods. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. D. C. Sancheti and V. K. Kapoor, Business Mathematics, 11th ed., New Delhi, India: Sultan Chand and Sons, 2012. 2. B. G. Satyaprasad, K. Nirmala, R. G. Saha, and C. S. Anantharaman, Business Mathematics. 1st ed., Mumbai, India: Himalaya publishing House, 2006.
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. S. Narayanan and P. K. Mittal, Text book of Matrices, 10th ed.: S. Chand and Company Ltd., 2010. 2. E. Don and J. Lerner, Schaum's Outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill, 2000. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern This course is completely depending upon the CIAs, which will be evaluated through assignments and tests/examinations.
The component-wise evaluation pattern is given below:
| |||||||||||||||||||||
MAT142 - QUANTITAIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERS (2023 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Description: This skill-based course aims at imparting theoretical knowledge of optimization techniques. These techniques are widely used in the industry to optimize available resources. This will help the student to apply the mathematical techniques to real life situations. Course Objectives: This course will help the learner to COBJ1. Acquire problem solving skills in Linear Programing and its related problems COBJ2. Gain proficiency in implementing the algorithms for solving Transportation and Assignment Problems. COBJ3. Demonstrate the methods of solving Two-Person Zero-Sum Games
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Formulate and solve Linear Programming Problems using graphical and simplex method. CO2: Solve Transportation problems by using Modified distribution method. CO3: Solve assignment problems by using Hungarian technique. CO4: Solve simple two person zero sum games. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:17 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Linear Programming
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Definitions of O.R.- Definition of Linear Programming Problem (L.P.P) - Formulation of L.P.P. – Linear Programming in Matrix Notation – Graphical Solution of L.P.P – Simplex Method – Big M Technique – Two Phase Method. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Transportation and Assignment Problems
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Transportation Problem – Initial Basic Feasible solution – Moving towards Optimality – Degeneracy in Transportation Problems – Unbalanced Transportation Problem – Assignment Problems. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:13 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Game Theory
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Games and Strategies – Introduction – Two person zero sum games – Maximin and Minimax Principles – Games without saddle point – mixed strategies – Solution of 2 x 2 rectangular games – Graphical method – Dominance Property – Algebraic Method for m x n games. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: K. Swarup, P. K. Gupta, and Man Mohan, Operations Research-Principles and Practice, 10th edition, New Delhi, India: Sultan Chand & Sons, 2004. | |||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern This course is completely depending upon the CIAs, which will be evaluated through assignments and tests/examinations. The component-wise evaluation pattern is given below:
| |||||||||||||||||||||
MED141 - MEDIA AND POLITICS (2023 Batch) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||||||||||
This course considers the degree to which media influences political opinion and actions and also its impact on public policy in the Indian context. In other words, the course examines the role of news media in the Indian political process from both behavioural and institutional perspectives.
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: To understand the concepts and theories that inform us about the role of news media in society. CO2: To be able to critically analyse the role of Indian media in shaping public opinion.
CO3: To attempt a deconstruction of the role social media plays in shaping the fortunes of politicians.
CO4: To apply this understanding to further greater political participation among students. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Media & Politics: A Theoretical Perspective
|
|
Theories of news media Media as fourth estate of democracy Media and civic engagement Politics and social media: Issues and debates
Media regulation and politics | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Media & Politics: Dynamics
|
|
Media and the political communication process Media and its impact on public opinion Sociology of news construction Media’s role in the empowerment of social movements Role of media in elections- campaigns, strategies and advertisement Media role in exposing political scandals
Media as spaces for dissent, marginal voices and alternative platforms | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Media & Politics: A Critical Appraisal
|
|
The corporate world, media conglomerates and politics interface Media’s role in manufactured consent giving Visual media and political communication Role of social media in image building
Case study- Rebranding of PM Modi | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Politics of Media, 1st Edition by Ranjith Thankappan, 2016. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Making Sense of Media and Politics: Five Principles in Political Communication, 2nd Edition by Gadi Wolfsfeld, 2022.
Political Communication and Mobilisation: The Hindi Media in India, by Taberez Neyazi, 2018. | |
Evaluation Pattern Blog (weekly posts)- reflections on issues in the news media CIA 1- MCQ CIA 2- Class test CIA 3- Group presentation
ESE- Written exam | |
MED142 - AUDIO AND VIDEO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course description: This course will introduce students to the basic principles and techniques of audio and video production. Students will learn how to use a range of equipment and software to produce high-quality audio and video content. This course is designed for non-media students who want to acquire basic skills in audio and video production. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will be able to identify different types of media software and their uses in the media industry. CO2: Students will be able to describe the features and functions of software tools used for media production, editing, and distribution. CO3: Students will be able to use media software tools to create and edit media content. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
Introduction to Audio and Video Production
|
|
Introduction to Audio and Video Production (10 hours) Basic principles of audio and video production Overview of equipment used in audio and video production Introduction to software tools used in audio and video production
Audio Production Techniques (10 hours) Microphone selection and placement Recording techniques and best practices
Mixing and mastering audio content | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
Video Production Techniques
|
|
Video Production Techniques (10 hours) Camera selection and setup Lighting techniques and best practices Shooting and capturing video footage
Editing Audio and Video Content (10hours) Introduction to audio and video editing software Editing and arranging audio and video content
Adding transitions and effects to audio and video content | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Advanced Audio and Video Production
|
|
Creating soundscapes and sound effects Advanced camera techniques and shot composition
Motion graphics and visual effects | |
Text Books And Reference Books: "The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age" by Steven Ascher and Edward Pincus. "Audio Engineering 101: A Beginner's Guide to Music Production" by Tim Dittmar "The Art of Digital Audio Recording: A Practical Guide for Home and Studio" by Steve Savage "Video Production Handbook" by Gerald Millerson and Jim Owens
"Pro Tools 101: An Introduction to Pro Tools 11" by Frank D. Cook | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading "The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age" by Steven Ascher and Edward Pincus "Audio Engineering 101: A Beginner's Guide to Music Production" by Tim Dittmar "The Art of Digital Audio Recording: A Practical Guide for Home and Studio" by Steve Savage "Video Production Handbook" by Gerald Millerson and Jim Owens
"Pro Tools 101: An Introduction to Pro Tools 11" by Frank D. Cook | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 – Interview Project - Students could work in groups to produce a video where they interview employees of a local business or organization. The video could showcase the company culture and highlight different aspects of the business. (15Marks) CIA 2 – Product Demo Video Project - Students could work in groups to produce a video that showcases a product or service. The video would need to be engaging and informative, and would aim to persuade the viewer to purchase or use the product or service. (20 Marks) CIA 3 – Educational Video Project - Students could work in groups to produce an educational video on a topic of their choice. The video would need to be informative and engaging, and could cover topics like science, history, or current events. (15 Marks) All CIAs – Department level only | |
MED143 - CELEBRITY PR (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course attempts to understand the nature, process and issues related to celebrity actors and their presence, which inadvertently contribute to the success of films. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Will be able to understand the concept of celebrity PR CO2: Will be able to understand the role of celebrity presence in the success of a film |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Understanding PR as Strategic Communication
|
|
PR concept, role and relevance in selling goods/services; Brief history & evolution of PR. Competing forces for PR-Advertising, Publicity, Marketing/Sales. PR as distinct from spin, hype & exaggeration. Top Bollywood PR firms in India-Dale Bhagwagar PR, Raindrops, Spice PR, Aspire PR. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Celebrity PR and Bollywood
|
|
Bollywood and the need and emergence ofCelebrity PR, early beginnings, and present status. Acquiring and sustaining celebrity status through PR, Celebrity brand building & nurturing. PR in celebrity reputation management. Building the celebrity profile through analysis and research. Case Study-The making of Shilpa Shetty (UK's Big Brother Reality TV), Amitabh Bachchan and KBC, Aamir Khan and Satyameva Jayate | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Celebrity PR Responsibilities & Activities
|
|
Interviews, Press conferences,Rejoinders,Official comments/no comments. Organising events-Public 'meet and greet', Social events of significance, Public gatherings-award functions, airport meets. Helping to manage crisis--damaging details from celebrity past, social media criticism and backlash, dealing with success and failure with grace and dignity, Helping deal with paparazzi encounter | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Barron, Lee. (2015). Celebrity Cultures: An Introduction. SAGE Publications Ltd. Bräu, Marlena. (2013), Twitter Kills The Publicity Star? How social media is influencing the business of Celebrity PR. Grin Verlag Publishing, Germany. Jonas, C Priyanka. (2021). Unfinished: A Memoir. Penguin Viking. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Raju, J Jeetu. (2020). Escape the rat race. Google Books, Thames Publication. Stewart, B James and Abrams, Rachel. (2023). Unscripted: The Epic Battle for a Hollywood Media Empire. Penguin Books. | |
Evaluation Pattern Single assessment of 50 marks | |
MED145 - SOCIAL MEDIA (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The Social Media course is designed as an engaging and comprehensive undergraduate elective that explores the dynamic and influential world of social media. In this course, students will gain a critical understanding of the social media , their impact on society, and their role in shaping communication and democracy. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Develop a comprehensive critical understanding of social media. CO2: Identify the strengths and weaknesses of social media platforms.
CO3: Critically create social media content. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Social Media
|
|
Definition and characteristics of social media Evolution and historical context of social media for democracy
Key technological features and functionalities. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Social media for democracy
|
|
Cultural implications of social media use Social media's impact on political mobilization and activism
Utilizing social media for positive social change and advocacy | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Social media and individual
|
|
Agency and social media Personal data and issues Identity and Social media | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet Against Democracy by Robert W. McChesney | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading The Social Media Reader by Michael Mandiber | |
Evaluation Pattern
| |
MED146 - PUBLIC SPEAKING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Public Speaking is an essential skill in the twenty first century that offers a lot of benefits for thos excel in it. Thise who have the gift of the gab are bound to interact with people with a lot of confidence and exert influence on how others respond. It boosts the chances of anyone to build their professional profile. Apart from these obvious positives in the personal and interpersonal spheres, those with Public Speaking skills are often seen as potential leaders. This course on Public Speaking aims to provide a solid conceptual foundation and a lot of opportunities for the participants to build their public speaking skills and excel at different levels. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: The student will be able to demonstrate one's capacity to positively manage stage fright. CO2: The student will be able to organise the content of one's speech strategically. CO3: The student will be able to speak confidently and employ different mechanisms to create an impact on the audience. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Public Speaking - Basics
|
|
Why Public Speaking? Sample Public Speeches Understanding the Psychological and Physiological states while speaking Overcoming Stage Fright Understanding context, objectives and the audience | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Manner of speaking
|
|
In this unit, the students will learn how to speak. Voice and delivery: Volume, texture, pauses, pace, variance Body language: Gestures, postures, movement Stage Presence: Using the mike, the podium and the rostrum; positioning, spatial interactions
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Matter of speaking
|
|
Organisation: Beginning, middle and ending Working on the desired impact Practice and feedback | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Gallo, C. (2017). Talk like TED. Pan Books. Acker, M. (2019). Speak with no fear: Go from a Nervous, Nauseated, and Sweaty Speaker to an Excited, Energized, and Passionate Presenter. Advance, Coaching and Consulting. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Gallo, C. (2017). Talk like TED. Pan Books. Acker, M. (2019). Speak with no fear: Go from a Nervous, Nauseated, and Sweaty Speaker to an Excited, Energized, and Passionate Presenter. Advance, Coaching and Consulting. | |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation 1: One-minute self introduction Evaluation 2: three-minute speech on one's chosen topic Evaluation 3: five-minute speech on a given topic
| |
PHY141 - FUNDAMENTAL OF FORENSIC PHYSICS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of forensic science. Student will be introduced to the different analytical tool to analyse the results. They will also learn the physics behind investigative method used to gather evident. Finally, students will study emerging use of nanotechnology in forensic science. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the different technique to analyse the results. CO2: Understand the basic science underlying the motion of bullets, collisions, explosion and blood dynamics. CO3: Learn about the advantage of nanotechnology in forensic science. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Analytical instruments and techniques of forensic physics
|
|
Introduction, electromagnetic spectrum, sources of radiation, their utility and limitations, refractive index, interaction of light with matter, idea on instrumentation and results analysis. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Forensic physics
|
|
Scope and significance of forensic physics, basic physics in solving crime, motion of bullet and other projectile, vehicular collisions, blood stain analysis using fluid mechanics, physics of explosions, development and identification of latent fingerprints using optics. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Nanotechnology in forensic science
|
|
Nanotechnology, utilization of nanotechnology in analysis of physical evidence, applications of nanotechnology in forensic evidence analysis, introduction to nanomaterials, types of nanomaterials. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation will be based on presentations by each student and class work. | |
PHY142 - ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This multidisciplinary course on Basic Electronics and Gadgets is aimed at giving a feel of electronics to non science/core students. It helps them in knowing the fundamentals of various electronic gadgets they use in daily life and related technologies. The course covers categories of consumer electronic systems, electronic audio systems, basic colour television and video systems, communication systems covering telephone , mobile phone fundamentals and basics of computerhardware. This programme also tries to create awareness about e-waste and its effective management.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand basics of electronic devices and circuits CO2: Describe the working principles of audio , video and communication systems CO3: Discuss the fundamentals of computer hardware and e-waste management. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Electronics
|
|
Electronics and its applications. Electronic components: Resistors, Capacitors, inductors- types, uses. Conductors, insulators, semiconductors- definitions. Semiconductor materials- Silicon, Germanium, semiconductor devices: Diode- working and application of diode as rectifier, Transistor- working, transistor as an amplifier, electronic switch. Electronic DC power supply- basic block diagram. Basics of measuring instruments- DMM and CRO. Hands on with tinkercad tool. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Fundamentals Of Electronic Communication Systems
|
|
Basic principle of electronic communication-. Basic operation of transmitter and receivers. AM and FM radio receivers- qualitative description. Frequency allotment. Basics of Microphone, Loud speakers Principle of TV transmission and reception, Colour TV principle,. Digital TV principle- set top converter box, Optical fiber cables- principle of operation, advantages. Fundamentals of cellular mobile phone- Cells, coverage area, roaming, operation (qualitative description). Latest trends in mobile phones, smart phones, generations. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Basics of Computer Hardware and e waste management
|
|
Fundamentals of Digital computer, microprocessors, motherboards, power supply - SMPS, mouse, keyboard, memory devices, Modems, monitors, printers, latest trends in computers, specifications. Internet fundamentals Electronic waste- brief description, qualitative discussion of hazards of e-waste, the materials responsible, management of e-waste, Indian and global current scenario of e-waste and its management. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1]. V K Mehta and Rohit Mehta (2011),Principles of Electronics, S Chand and Co, New Delhi. [2]. B R Gupta (2008) Consumer Electronics, 4th Edition, Kataria &sons, New Delhi.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [3]. Bob Goodman (2002. ),How electronic things work, TMH [4]. https://www.tinkercad.com | |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation will be based on internal assessment components and a written exam at the end of the course. Internal assesment : 50 marks Written exam : 50 marks | |
POL141 - DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course has been conceptualized to introduce and discuss the moral foundations of democracy in principle, and democratic institutions, in particular. The students are initiated to various types of moral discourses in political philosophy. Further, this course looks at the development of democracy, in the global as well as the national realm. Democracy as an ideal gets fructified in the form of a government, which in turn is based on the principles of justice, freedom, equality, and fraternity. Ethics acts as the premise on which a successful democracy rests. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: By the end of the course the learner should be able to:
Demonstrate civic and political consciousness
CO2: To have a dedicated and empathetic band of students who would act as agents of change in society. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
DEMOCRACY AND ETHICS: AN INTRODUCTION
|
|
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
DEMOCRACY AND ETHICS: AN INTRODUCTION
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
PERSPECTIVES ON ETHICS
|
|
a. Hindu Tradition: Dharma and Karma, Purusharthas b. Buddhist Tradition: Four Noble Truths and Eight-fold Path c. Indian syncretic traditions-Ashoka, Kabir and Akbar | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
PERSPECTIVES ON ETHICS
|
|
a. Hindu Tradition: Dharma and Karma, Purusharthas b. Buddhist Tradition: Four Noble Truths and Eight-fold Path c. Indian syncretic traditions-Ashoka, Kabir and Akbar | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
CHALLENGES TO INDIAN DEMOCRACY
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
CHALLENGES TO INDIAN DEMOCRACY
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1-25 CIA 2-25 CIA 3-50 | |
POL142 - SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The main objectives of the course are to:● Present an overview of the major concepts, debates, and historical facets of STI in IR.● Create a foundation for the students to pursue further research in various aspects of STI in IR, and provide a systemic understanding of its impact on the economy, politics, culture, society, and foreign relations of India and other countries.Providing an academic understanding in the current context of emerging technologies, its impact and influences in the society, as well as create avenues for interdisciplinary understanding and research. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: - Understand the nature, scope and significance of STI in International Relations (IR).
- Understand the concepts, ideas, and debates in Science, Technology and Innovation vis-a-vis International Relations. CO2: - Learn to use conceptual tools to understand new developments which of Science, Technology and Innovation in International Relations.
- Analyze the major theories/approaches of Science, Technol-ogy and Innovation.
- Develop a critical perspective on the major international regimes/ issues in STI in International Relations. CO3: - Develop a thorough understanding on the scientific, technological and innovation-related process in major powers and national economies, especially India.
- Explore the ways and Science, Technology and Innovation issues confronted by the world from a foreign policy perspective. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Introduction
|
|
Science, Technology and Innovation (STI) in International Relations; History and Evolution of STI in International Relations; STI and Globalization; STI and Diplomacy; State, non-State actors and Stakeholders; STI and International Institutions; International Scientific Relations (ISR) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Basic Concepts and Theories:
|
|
Digital Westphalia, Technonationalism, Cyberspace and related facets of sovereignty, warfare, security, espionage, terrorism, and crime; Data sovereignty, Technocolonialism; Digital imperialism, Security v Privacy debate, STI and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Global STI Landscape
|
|
History and Evolution of Global STI Landscape; Fourth Industrial Revolution; Knowledge Economy; STI and Human Capital; International Political Economy of STI | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
India:
|
|
India’s STI Policies: history, evolution, implementation and challenges; Spin-offs: civilian, military; Research and Development (R&D); Political Economy of India’s STI Ecosystem; Institutions and Organisations | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Case Studies:
|
|
STI landscape in countries: Emergent Technologies and Institutions, Internet of Things; Artificial Intelligence; Big Data; Blockchain | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Aghion, P., David, P.A. and Foray, D. (2008). Science, Technology and Innovation for Economic Growth: Linking Policy Research and Practice in 'Stig Systems'. Research Policy 38(4): 681-693. Del Canto Viterale, F. (2021). International Scientific Relations: Science, Technology and Innovation in the International System of the 21st Century. Anthem Press. Ogburn, W.F. (1949). Technology and international relations. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. Colglazier, E.W. and Montgomery, K. (2022). Opportunities and Challenges for Science Diplomacy. Science & Diplomacy. Hieronymi, O. (1987). Technology and International Relations. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Leijten, J. Innovation policy and international relations: directions for EU diplomacy. Eur J Futures Res 7, 4 (2019). M. Mayer, M. Carpes, & R. Knoblich. (eds.). (2014). The Global Politics of Science and Technology - Vol. 1. Springer Berlin, Heidelberg. Ruffini, P.-B. (2017). Science and Diplomacy: A New Dimension of International Relations. Paris: Springer International Publishing AG.
Klein, U. (2020). Technoscience in History: Prussia, 1750-1850. MIT: The MIT Press. McIlwain, C.H. (1933). A Fragment on Sovereignty. Political Science Quarterly, Vol. 48(1), pp. 94-106. Negroponte, N. (1995). Being Digital. Hodder and Stoughton: Great Britain. Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0. Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR). (2017a). Findings of The Investigation into China’s Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation Under Section 301 of The Trade Act of 1974. https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/Section%20301%20FINAL.PDF: 3-18 Schmidt, J.C. (2021). Philosophy of Interdisciplinarity: Studies in Science, Society and Sustainability. History and Philosophy of Technoscience. Oxford: Routledge. Schultz, T.W. (1961). Investment in Human Capital. The American Economic Review 51(1): 1-17. Trencher, G. (2018). Towards the smart city 2.0: Empirical evidence of using smartness as a tool for tackling social challenges, Technological Forecasting and Social Change 142: 117-128. Suttmeier, R.P., Cao, C. and Simon, D.F. (2006). China’s Innovation Challenge and the Remaking of the Chinese Academy of Sciences. Innovations: Technology, Governance, Globalization 1(3d): 78-97. Landes, D. (2006). Why Europe and the West? Why Not China? The Journal of Economic Perspectives 20(2): 3-22. M. Z. Taylor. (2016). The Politics of Innovation: Why Some Countries Are Better Than Others at Science and Technology. Oxford: Oxford University Press Villa-Henriksen, A., Edwards, G.T.C., Pesonen, L.A., Green, O. and Sørensen, C.A.G. (2020). Internet of Things in arable farming: implementation, applications, challenges and potential. Biosys. Eng. 191: 60–84 Zhang, W. (2019). Constitutional Governance in India and China and Its Impact on National Innovation. In Liu, K-C. and Racheria, U. (eds.). Innovation, Economic Development, and Intellectual Property in India and China. ARCIALA Series on Intellectual Assets and Law in Asia. Springer Singapore: Singapore: 39-67. Department of Science and Technology (DST). (2020). Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy. Government of India. https://dst.gov.in/sites/default/files/STIP_Doc_1.4_Dec2020.pdf Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0. Kharbanda and Ashok Jain. (eds.). Science and Technology Strategies: for Development in India and China. New Delhi: Har-Anand Publications Pvt Ltd: 93-134. P.K. Pattnaik et al. (eds). IoT and Analytics for Agriculture, Volume 3. Studies in Big Data, vol 99, Singapore: Springer, pp. 201-225, ISBN: 978-981-16-6210-2. Krishnan Saravanan et al. (eds.). Handbook of Research on Blockchain Technology, London: Academic Press (Elsevier), pp. 1-34, ISBN: 9780128198162.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
Department of Science and Technology (DST). (2020). Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy. Government of India. https://dst.gov.in/sites/default/files/STIP_Doc_1.4_Dec2020.pdf Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0. Kharbanda and Ashok Jain. (eds.). Science and Technology Strategies: for Development in India and China. New Delhi: Har-Anand Publications Pvt Ltd: 93-134.
| |
Evaluation Pattern Written analyses in about 800-1500 words submitted Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) covering wide range of facets that focus on knowledge, skill and attitude of the student and their understanding on the topic. Subjective type question(s): Understanding the emerging complexities and dynamics in the region Application of the understanding to the situation Solutions to the problems given | |
PSY143 - ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Artificial intelligence (AI) is the basis for all human-machine interfaces and learning, and it is the future of all complex decision-making across diverse sectors. Students will explore the concepts of HMI and AI and become aware of advances in Artificial Intelligence. Case studies and workshops will allow students to consider how human factors and design thinking are applied in designing an interface and the ethical issues and implications of preserving human values. Through discussion, analysis, and workshops, students move towards designing or modifying a user-centric interface considering any sustainable development goal. Course objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain Human-Machine Interactions and Artificial Intelligence and their applications in daily life. CO2: Identify the importance and application of human factors and design thinking in interface design. CO3: Evaluate a user-centric interface considering sustainable development goals. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to AI and HMI
|
|
Introduction to AI and HMI, Types of AI and HMI, Machine and Deep Learnings and their applications, Current trends and development. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Human factors & AI
|
|
Human factors - Sensation, Perception, Apperception, Working Memory, Decision-making, and Design Thinking. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Principles of interface Design and Application of AI
|
|
Schneiderman’s eight golden rules, Norman’s model of interaction, Neilson’s Heuristics, Designing for people across the lifespan, and the Application of AI in health, aviation, and the workplace. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Dix, A., Dix, A. J., Finlay, J., Abowd, G. D., & Beale, R. (2003). Human-computer interaction. Pearson Education. Tenner, E. (2015). The Design of Everyday Things by Donald Norman. Technology and Culture, 56(3), 785-787. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Burnett, B., & Evans, D. (2016). Designing your life: How to build a well-lived, joyful life. Knopf. Gassmann, O., & Reepmeyer, G. (2008). Universal design–innovations for all ages. In The silver market phenomenon (pp. 125-140). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg. Davenport, T., & Kalakota, R. (2019). The potential for artificial intelligence in healthcare. Future healthcare journal, 6(2), 94. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 will be an individual assignment. CIA2 will be a group assignment with individual components for evaluation. CIA3 will be a written exam for 2 hours and 50 Marks. CIA3 will have Section- A and Section - B. Section A (Essay questions). 10 Marks X 3 Questions=30 Marks Section B (Case study). 20 Marks x 1Q= 20 Marks | |
PSY155 - PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Outcome |
|
1: Examine the accounts of the production, reproduction and perpetuation of gendered and sexual identities, spaces and subjectivities and related psychological concepts. 2: Discuss gender roles and intersectional nature of identity in everyday life and experience, using psychological, feminist and post-feminist lenses. 3: Demonstrate psychological literacy and problem-solving abilities by suggesting possible counters to the critical gendered issues in personal, interpersonal, social, emotional, cultural, political and professional domains in a multicultural context |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction
|
|
Describing the spectrum and gender-diverse identities. Classical psychoanalytic theories on masculinity and feminity, analyses through feminist, queer and trans readings of psychoanalytic theories. Feminist theories Male gender role stress Gender and space - secondarity, performativity, multiplicity, trans community and mental health. Body, identity and subjectivity - psychological and philosophical readIngs | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit 1
|
|
Describing the spectrum and gender-diverse identities. Classical psychoanalytic theories on masculinity and feminity, are Analyses through feminist, queer and trans readings of psychoanalytic theories. Feminist theories Male gender role stress Gender and space - secondarity, performativity, multiplicity, trans-community and mental health. Body, identity and subjectivity - psychological and philosophical readings | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Theories
|
|
Queer and trans theories, Political Economy of Sex Gender and life-space- psychology, feminism, architecture, history & philosophy. Gender and Bodies; Gender and Violence; Gender and Media Gender and Work; Gender and Parenthood; Gender and Mental Health Gender and Indian Law: LGBTQIA+ RightS | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit 2
|
|
Queer and trans theories, Political Economy of Sex; Gender and life-space psychology, feminism, architecture, history & philosophy. Gender and Bodies; Gender and Violence; Gender and Media; Gender and Work; Gender and Parenthood; Gender and Mental Health; Gender and Indian Law: LGBTQIA+ Rights | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Project Work
|
|
Project-work: Examine various sites of the performance and perpetuation of gender and Gendered discrimination– Through field work, that shows its Production in everyday spaces and at the Intersections of social, cultural, politcal Location marked Discourses of gender. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit 3
|
|
Project-work: Examine various sites of the performance and perpetuation of gender and Gendered discrimination– Through fieldwork, that shows its Production in everyday spaces and at the Intersections of social, cultural, political. Location marked. Discourses of gender | |
Text Books And Reference Books: RUDMAN, L. A. (2021). Social Psychology of gender: How Power and Intimacy Shape Gender Relations (2nd ed.). GUILFORD. Matlin, M. (2011). Potential Problems and Biases in Current Research in The Psychology of Women (pp. 20-27). Nelson Education. Fine, C. (2010). Delusions of gender: How our minds, society, and neurosexism create difference. WW Norton & Company. Matlin, M. (2011).The Psychology of Women. Nelson Education. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Webb, D. (2023). LGBTQ rights in India. AEA Randomized Controlled Trials. https://doi.org/10.1257/rct.10953-1.0 Irigaray(1995)-The Question of the Other Foucault(1976)-The Will to Knowledge: History of Sexuality (Vol 1) Kristeva (1980) - Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection; Tans. (1992) by L. S. Roudiez. Gayle (1975). “The Traffic in Women: Notes on a Political Economy of Sex.” In Rayna R. Reiter (ed.), Toward an Anthropology of Women. Monthly Review Press. pp. 157--210 (1975) Stryker (2004) - Transgender Studies: Queer Theories Evil Twin. Nagoshi et al. (2010)- Transgender Theories: Embodying Research & Practice Fieldwork and Project-based learning | |
Evaluation Pattern Assessment Outline:
CIA 1 and CIA 2 is a 20 mark assignment CIA 3 is a 50 mark complex assignment | |
PSY156 - PSYCHOLOGY OF RELATIONSHIPS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: Understanding close relationships is among the central goals of social psychology. Close relationships range from family ties to friendships to romantic and sexual relationships. Our main purpose will be on learning about the life cycle of adult intimate (i.e., romantic) relationships, ranging from stages of initial attraction and relationship initiation to growth and maintenance of the relationship, and in some cases, dissolution. Although other close relationships such as close friendships, family, and work relationships will also be addressed and integrated into the course, they will be of secondary importance. Class meetings will consist mainly of facilitated discussions and student-led presentations on topics such as the biological bases of attraction and love, commitment and interdependence, relationship cognition, attachment, communication, sexuality, relational interaction patterns, relationship satisfaction, and the social context of relationships (e.g., the influence of others) conflict, relationship dissolution, and relationship maintenance. CO1: Understand the major concepts and models of interpersonal relationships. CO2: Evaluate the different types of relationships and their impact on one's life. CO3: Use strategies to enhance everyday life challenges and sustain effective relationships |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand the major concepts and models of interpersonal relationships. CO2: Evaluate the different types of relationships and their impact on one's life. C03: Use strategies to enhance everyday life challenges and sustain effective relationships |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Understand the major concepts and models of interpersonal relationships.
|
|
Introduction to key theories and concepts in relationship psychology (attachment theory, social exchange theory, equity theory, interdependence theory, etc.), theories of attraction (evolutionary, social, and cognitive perspectives), historical perspectives on the study of relationships, Ethical considerations in relationships. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Evaluate the different types of relationships and their impact on one's life.
|
|
Different types of relationship: childhood relationship (parent, teacher, caregiver), adult relationship, friendship and workplace relationships, emerging trends in relationships such as virtual relationship, long distance relationship, cohabitation, post- divorce relationship, friendships and social networks – benefits, types and maintenance. Social media and its influence on relationship formation and maintenance | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Use strategies to enhance everyday life challenges and sustain effective relationships
|
|
Effective communication strategies, Active listening skills and empathetic communication, Conflict resolution techniques and managing relationship disagreements, developing self-awareness, empathy, emotional intelligence, and applying psychological principles to real-life relationship scenarios. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Baron, R.A., Byrne, D. & Bhardwaj, G. (2010). Social Psychology (12th Ed.). New Delhi: Pearson. Miller, Chapter 1: The Building Blocks of Relationships Reis, H. T. (2012). A history of relationship research in social psychology. In A.W. Kruglanski & W Stroebe (Eds.), Handbook of the history of social psychology (pp. 213- 232). New York: Psychology Press. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Graziano, W. G., & Bruce, J. W. (2008). Attraction and the initiation of relationships: A review of the empirical literature. In S. Sprecher, A. Wenzel, & J. Harvey (Eds), Handbook of relationship initiation, pp. 269-295. New York: Psychology Press. Cameron, J. J., Stinson, D. A., & Wood, J. V. (2013). The bold and the bashful: Selfesteem, gender, and relationship initiation. Social Psychological and Personality Science, 4, 685-692. https://doi.org/10.10 02/9780470939338 Finkel, E.J., Eastwick, P.W., Karney, B.R., Reis, H. T., & Sprecher, S. (2012). Online dating: A critical analysis from the perspective of psychological science. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 13, 3– 66. Emery, L. F., Muise, A., Dix, E. L., & Le, B. (2014). Can you tell that I’m in a relationship? Attachment and relationship visibility on Facebook. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 40, 1466–1479. Vanden Abeele, M., Schouten, A. P., & Antheunis, M. L. (2017). Personal, editable, and always accessible: An affordance approach to the relationship between adolescents’ mobile messaging behavior and their friendship quality. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships. Sbarra, D. A., & Beck, C. J. A. (2013). Divorce and close relationships: Findings, themes, and future directions. In J. A. Simpson & L. Campbell (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of close relationships (pp. 795-822). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press. Lewandowski, G. W., Aron, A., Bassis, S. & Kunak, J. (2006). Losing a selfexpanding relationship: Implications for the selfconcept. Personal Relationships, 13, 317-331 | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1:Individual assignment – Video presentations The students are required to make individual video presentations on the basis of the topics that will be given to them. Submission will be based on one of the different topics through a Video PPT (The feature is available in PPT software) Topics: Example: theories of relationship psychology; theories of attraction Number of Slides: Maximum 9 slides (excluding the Title slide) Duration: 3 minutes Test details: ● Total Marks: 20 marks ● Date of Submission: 31st August Evaluation Criteria: Organization of the content Quality of the information Research citations Creativity Personal Learnings CIA 2: Group Presentation (with viva) This is a group assignment and the groups will be divided into groups of five. The faculty in charge will be giving each group a movie (based on relationships). Each group will be given one movie/short film to watch and a week long time shall be given for the same. In the following Thursday, 2 hours shall be given to the group to prepare a presentation (5 Slides in 5 Minutes) on the basis of guiding questions and will have to present the same in 5 mins in the next class. Individually group members shall answer facilitator’s questions. Post the presentation each member of the group will write a reflective note on their experience working on the topics and submit the same on moodle. Students can be creative in making their ppts and adding audio-visuals etc but should be able to cover within the specified time limit. PPT submission pre presentation mandatory and individual reflective notes submission post presentation is mandatory. The presentation might primarily include : Different types of relationships portrayed in the film Their own perception as to whether the relationships has been portrayed accurately in the film or not. Conflict resolution strategies in relationships that were used in the film vs what they would have used. Details: Total marks: 20 ● Date of Allotment of their Movie/Documentary: 12th September ● Date of Group Discussion/Planning: 21st September ● Date of Presentation – 28th September Evaluation Criteria: Pre- Presentation: ● 1. Timely Submission Individual contribution: ● a. Organization and Flow of the content ● b. Relevance of the content ● c. Reference Presentation: ● 3. Delivery and presentation of information ● 4. Organization of the slides 5. Group effort and team spirit 6. Time Management 7. Q & A (one question to per person) Post Presentation 8. Depth of Individual Reflections / Learnings CIA 3: In class written exam This will be an in class written exam. It will consist of two parts – Part A and Part B. Part-A is for a total of 30 marks. Part A will consist of five 10-mark questions. Out of five, students will answer three questions (each question carries ten marks). Part - B is for 20 marks. It is a compulsory case study that the students need to answer. There is no choice. Total marks: 50 marks Date of examination: 26th October An Assessment scheme will be created for the paper | |
PSY157 - SCIENCE OF WELLBEING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This multidisciplinary course will focus on those aspects that help individuals thrive. The course sheds its light on well-being and its components and also clears all the misconceptions revolving around it. The students will be exposed to certain theories, concepts and practice procedures of well-being and its components. This programme will help the students to reflect on their life experiences on these dimensions and to know how to improve them and flourish in their life. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain the concept of well-being and its components CO2: Analyze the role of happiness and emotions in enhancing well-being using
relevant theories CO3: Apply various concepts of well-being on the life experiences of students
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Well-being
|
|||||||||
Well-being - components of well-being: subjective happiness and life satisfaction | |||||||||
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Well-being - components of well-being
|
|||||||||
subjective happiness and life satisfaction | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Happiness & Emotion
|
|||||||||
Happiness - Definition, Significance Misconceptions, types and interventions Emotion - types, emotion regulation | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Happiness
|
|||||||||
Definition, Significance Misconceptions, types and interventions Emotion - types, emotion regulation | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Mindfulness- components
|
|||||||||
Mindfulness- components: gratitude, forgiveness, kindness-compassion | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:25 |
||||||||
Mindfulness components
|
|||||||||
Gratitude, forgiveness, kindness-compassion | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: · Carr, A. (2004). Positive Psychology. New York: Routldge. · Hupper, F. A., Baylis, N., & Keverne, B. (2005). The science of well-being. Oxford Scholarship. · Hupper, F. A., Baylis, N., & Keverne, B. (2005). The science of well-being. Oxford Scholarship. · Ivtzan, I. & Lomas, T.(Ed.) (2016) Mindfulness in Positive Psychology. New York: Routldge. · Kabat-Zinn, J. (2012). Mindfulness for beginners: reclaiming the present moment—and your life. Boulder, CO, Sounds True. · Linley, P. A., & Joseph, S. (Eds.). (2004). Positive psychology in practice. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. https://doi.org/10.10 02/9780470939338
· Maddux, J. E. (2018). Subjective Wellbeing and Life Satisfaction. New York: Routldge.
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading . | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
PSY159 - PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP (2023 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
This multidisciplinary course examines the concept of leadership and the psychological and social processes that characterize leadership. We will explore the qualities of effective leadership and the role of situational factors that make some forms of leadership more effective than others. We will explore paradox and complexity in discussions of leadership and will explore the dynamics of identity and power in the unfolding of leadership. In this course, students will not only learn about leadership in traditional ways, such as readings and discussion, but will explore their personal leadership style and plan their goals for personal leadership growth. Course Objectives: - To understand and differentiate leadership models, styles, and functions. - To enhance learners’ knowledge about leading and sustaining diverse teams under diverse circumstances. - To develop a personal leadership plan using leadership models. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: Understand and differentiate leadership models, styles, and functions. CO2: Enhance learners? knowledge about leading and sustaining diverse teams under diverse circumstances. CO3: Develop a personal leadership plan using leadership models. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Understanding Leadership
|
|
Introduction, Functions of a leader, Models, and theories of leadership, Styles in leadership, and Qualities of effective leadership. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Factors Influencing Leadership
|
|
Leadership and Power, Leadership and Gender, Leadership and Personality, Leadership and EQ, Leadership and Morals. Leadership and Decision making. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Personal Leadership Development
|
|
Personal leadership development models, self analysis and strength mapping, goal setting models. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Haslam, S. A., Reicher, S. D. & Platow, M. J. (2020): The New Psychology of Leadership: Identity, Influence and Power. Routledge Barling, J. (2014). Science of leadership. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rowe, W. G., & Guerrero, L. (2016). Cases in leadership (4th ed.). Sage. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Kotter, J.P. (2012). Leading Change. Harvard Business Review Northouse, P.G. (2022). Leadership Theory and Practice. ISE Sage. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1 will be an individual assignment. CIA2 will be a group assignment with individual components for evaluation. CIA3 will be a written exam for 2 hours and 50 Marks. CIA3 will have Section- A and Section - B. Section A (Essay questions). 10 Marks X 3 Questions=30 Marks Section B (Case study). 20 Marks x 1Q= 20 Marks | |
SOC142 - CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course discusses various social issues which are of relevance for contemporary world. These issues surround the broad themes of population, health, development. In relation to population and health this course would cover issues like aging, reproductive health, HIV AIDS, euthanasia, drug abuse, etc. In relation to development this course would look into issues like urban land use, farmer’s suicide, displacement, etc. Course Objective: Students shall be able to identify and analyze contemporary social problems. They will be able to apply interdisciplinary approach to relevant policies at local, national, and international levels.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Sociological Analysis of Social Problems
|
|
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Sociological Analysis of Social Problems
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Population and Health and Social Problems
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Population and Health and Social Problems
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Development and social problems
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Development and social problems
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Human Rights Issues
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Human Rights Issues
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: Alavi, H.D and Shanin, T. (Ed.) (1982). Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Societies, London: MacMillan. Ahuja R. (2014). Social problems in India. New Delhi: Rawat Publication. Merton, R. and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World. Shah, G. (2001). Cultural Subordination & Dalit Challenge. Vol. II Weeks, J. (2011). Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Wadsworth Publishing Company, California. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Alavi, H.D and Shanin, T. (Ed.) (1982). Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Societies, London: MacMillan. Ahuja R. (2014). Social problems in India. New Delhi: Rawat Publication. Merton, R. and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World. Shah, G. (2001). Cultural Subordination & Dalit Challenge. Vol. II Weeks, J. (2011). Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Wadsworth Publishing Company, California. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 )
Attendance 5 marks | |
SOC143 - SOCIOLOGY THROUGH CINEMA (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course will begin with a session on the Sociology of Cinema and the tools and techniques necessary to analyze the films that will be used in this course as a vehicle to examine society sociologically. This course introduces the student to the discipline of Sociology through cinema from India and elsewhere. It aims to allow students to critically examine society through cinema and its representation. Course objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to Sociology
|
|
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to Sociology
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Social Structure
|
|
Films: Dor (2006), Prem Rog (1982), Roja (1992) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Social Structure
|
|
Films: Dor (2006), Prem Rog (1982), Roja (1992) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Culture and Socialization
|
|
Films: Taare Zameen Par (2007) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Culture and Socialization
|
|
Films: Taare Zameen Par (2007) | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Social Stratification
|
|
Films: Lajja (2001), India Untouched: Stories of a People Apart (2007) | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Social Stratification
|
|
Films: Lajja (2001), India Untouched: Stories of a People Apart (2007) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Burton, E. (1988 ). Sociology and the feature film. Teaching Sociology 16: 263-271. Dudrah, R K. (2006). Bollywood: Sociology goes to the Movies. New Delhi: Sage Publications. Prendergast, C. (1986 ). Cinema Sociology: Cultivating the Sociological Imagination through Popular Film. Teaching Sociology 14: 243-248. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Mills, C. W. (2023). The sociological imagination. In Social Work (pp. 105-108). Routledge. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 )
Attendance 5 marks | |
STA142 - DATA ANALYSIS USING EXCEL (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is designed to build the logical thinking ability and to provide hands-on experience in solving statistical models using MS Excel with Problem based learning. To explore and visualize data using excel formulas and data analysis tool pack. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate the logics of using excel features. CO2: Demonstrate the building blocks of excel, excel shortcuts, sample data creation and analyzing data. CO3: Analyze the data sets using Data Analysis Pack. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Basics
|
|
Introduction: File types - Spreadsheet structure - Menu bar - Quick access toolbar - Mini toolbar - Excel options - Formatting: Format painter - Font - Alignment - Number - Styles - Cells, Clear - Page layout - Symbols - Equation - Editing - Link - Filter - Charts - Formula Auditing - Overview of Excel tables and properties - Collecting sample data and arranging in definite format in Excel tables. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
File exchange and Data cleaning
|
|
Importing data from different sources - text file - web page and XML file - Exporting data in different formats - text - csv - image -pdf etc - Creating database with the imported data - Data tools: text to column - identifying and removing duplicates - using format cell options - Application of functions - Concatenate - Upper - Lower - Trim - Repeat - Proper - Clean - Substitute - Convert - Left - Right - Mid - Len - Find - Exact - Replace - Text join - Value - Fixed etc. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Data Analysis
|
|
Data analysis tool pack: measures of central tendency - dispersion - skewness - kurtosis - partition values - graphical and diagrammatic representation of data: histogram - bar diagram - charts - line graphs - Ogive - covariance - correlation - linear regression. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Alexander R, Kuselika R and Walkenbach J, Microsoft Excel 2019 Bible, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2018. 2. Greg Harvey, Excel 2019 All-in-One For Dummies,for Dummies,US, 2018.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1 . Paul M, Microsoft Excel 2019 formulas and functions, Pearson Eduction, 2019 | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 100% | |
THE141 - THEATRE APPRECIATION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is a participatory practice course, which makes Theatre appreciation applicable to all. It includes different Theoretical, Interactive and Participatory sessions from experts in the cultural industry. It also envisages witnessing live performances and digital performances to enhance the knowledge of the domain, which supports learning with clarity. This course deals with five strands; Plays, Players, Places, Playgoers, and Performance practice. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Able to appreciate the Theatre Art form as a whole. CO2: Able to analyse and understand the aesthetics of the Theatre Performances. CO3: Able to appreciate the performer's practices and the audience's reception. CO4: Able to critically review live and digital Theatre performances. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Plays
|
|
Focus on Author and Texts. Theatre Plays, Theatre text, What is Plays, Play style, Author, Dramatic text, Play text. So, here is Talk, Play Reading | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Players
|
|
Focus on Acting practices and training. How the plays can be played by players-who are the Players-Players are nothing but Actors/Performers, all Players are Directors cum Practitioners. How these players Enact, Perform, Prepare, and how these Players are subjected to Acting training. Players' concept -Acting, Directing, Design. Players are playing a play. So here is a workshop model planning. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Places
|
|
Focus Design concept. What are the places where the Act happens -different stages, different Theatre, practice, live, video. How places interact, Act happens, Events take place, What are the different Stage places, and how places connect with the significant aspects of the design; in this liveness, the video presentation will be there to make them understand different kinds of places and events. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Playgoers
|
|
Focus on Audience appreciation and participation of the audience. Devising plays, Theatre dimension, Performance Devise, Analyse the Process. How Playgoers or the Audience appreciate, involve, interact and immersively participate in the Theatre practice. So there we devise practices. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Performance practice
|
|
Focus on Theatre practice and performance. Where a play or Devised Theatre performance will be done with the Students/ Participants. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Theatre: The Lively Art, 11th Edition By Edwin Wilson and Alvin Goldfarb,2022 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Theatre, Brief, 13th Edition,By Robert Cohen, Donovan Sherman and Michelle Liu Carriger,2023 | |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation CIAs :2 Hrs Writing assignments, Live performance watching, and review writing. Evaluation ESE :3 Hrs End Semester Exam will be a performance and submission of journals. | |
THE142 - IMPROVISATION AND DEVISED THEATRE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
l To gain an understanding of principles and techniques of improvisation. l Develop skills in collaborative script development and performance.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Apply an understanding of practical proficiency in executing the fundamental principles of a variety of devising techniques and improvised scene work in rehearsals and project development CO2: Students will showcase acquired skills through practical performances of devised and improvised live theatre |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Rules of Comedy
|
|
Application of comedy rules through scene work, theatre sports, monologues, and play development | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Short Form Improvisation
|
|
Concepts of endowment, justification, plot progression, and ensemble/group mind are explored through short form stage scenarios | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Sketch Writing
|
|
Concept mining, plot structures, collaborative scripts, and using improvisation as a writing tool within a performance ensemble | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Long Form Improvisation
|
|
Students will explore case studies and history of long form improvised performance and practice rehearsing and performing “The Harold” for test audiences | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Devised Theatre Companies and Practices
|
|
Case studies of historic and contemporary devised theatre companies, paired with practical experiments in devising through imagery, text, and movement solutions | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Devised Performance Scripts
|
|
Research, story development, and improvisation will result in a devised theatrical performance for a public audience that will showcase the tools and skills employed in the previous units | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Lynn, Bill. Improvisation for Actors and Writers: A Guidebook for Improv Lessons in Comedy. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 2004. Print 2. Halpern, Charna and Del Close. Truth in Comedy: The Manual of Improvisation. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 1994. Print 3. Playscripts selected by instructor and actors for case study projects | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Spolin, Viola. Improvisation for the Theater. Evanston, Illinois: Northwestern University Press, 1999. Print
2. Halpern, Charna. Art by Committee: A Guide to Advanced Improvisation. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 2004. Print | |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern: Conducted internally at the departmental level
Assignment 1: Quiz on Comedy Rules & Theatre Sports Practical Performance Assignment 2: Script Submission & Performance of Collaborative Comedy Sketch Assignment 3: Presentation & Student-Led Training Session from Historic Theatre Collectives Assignment 4: Actor Showcase Through Live Performances of Original Devised Theatre Pieces | |
BBA142A - ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course aims at imparting knowledge on Marketing Management from the perspective of Marketing Communications.Great marketing strategies can be powerful. Every year companies spend approximately $200 billion promoting their products and services – and that’s just in the United States alone! Explore how marketing campaigns, ads, and commercials are brought to life which will lead the exploration of various aspects of Advertising and sales promotion techniques which includes its objectives, classification, creative aspect and functions.
This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of marketing and takes them deeper into the world of marketing.
Course Objectives: This course intends Describe the history of the advertising industry and its relation to today’s marketplace. List the roles and responsibilities of various advertising, marketing, and promotions professionals. Develop students’ understanding and skill in development of communication strategy of a firm, particularly with advertising and sales promotions. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand fundamental concepts of Advertisement and Sales promotion CO2: Understand importance of Integrated Marketing Communications strategies CO3: Explain about creative Process in Advertisement ans Sales Promotion. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Marketing Communication
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, elements, structure, and role of marketing communications. Theories of marketing communication: hierarchy of effects of communication, information processing theories, Marketing Communication Process,communication and attitude formation and change. Key communication terminologies. Miscommunication issues. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing Communication Strategy
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing communication mix. Integrated marketing communication. Formulation of marketing communication strategy. Marketing communication barriers. Communication budgeting issues and methods. Promotion campaign planning and management. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advertising
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, elements,Functions, objectives and role of advertising. Evolution of advertising. Types of advertising. Social, ethical and legal issues of advertising.Role of Advertising in 21st Century. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Creative Process and Methods in Advertising
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Creative process and methods. Visualization process and visualizer qualities. Message design: message theme, models, considerations. Message strategies: cognitive, affective, conative, and brand strategies. Advertising appeals. Essentials of a good appeal. Execution frameworks. Use of color in advertising. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Advertisement Development
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Print advertising media: types of media and media choice. Copywriting for print media: types of ad copies. Ad copy objectives and requisites of a good copy. Print copy development process. Print copy elements: choice of headline, sub-heads, body copy, slogan and signature. Layout: functions, qualities of a good layout, layout principles.Television advertising: nature, pros and cons. TVC development: script writing, story board, air-time buying and other considerations. Radio advertising: nature, pros and cons. Producing radio advertisements. Emerging advertisements: internet advertising and ambient advertising. Product placement strategies | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales Promotions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Scope and role of sales promotions. Reasons for the increased use of sales promotions. Consumer-oriented sales promotion methods: objectives and tools of consumer promotions. Trade-oriented sales promotions: objectives,tools and techniques to boost sales. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Core Text:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Reference Books:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Assessment:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BBA142B - EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Emotional intelligence is considered to be a pertinent skill and it influences the way we act and react in any given situation in our lives. It helps to understand the emotion of self and others, which paves the way for coping up with one's challenges, maintain good social relationships and remain successful in one's own endeavors and goals. Course Objectives: Through the course, the instructor aims to
1. Introduce learners to the need and importance of Emotionally Intelligent behaviours at the workplace 2. Familiarize learners with contemporary scientific theories regarding emotions and emotional intelligence 3.Equip learners with skills needed for emotional awareness and emotional regulation 4.Give an overview of the utility of EI in personal and professional growth
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Explain the role of EI at the workplace CO2: Familiarize learners with contemporary scientific theories regarding emotions and emotional intelligence CO3: Equip learners with skills needed for emotional awareness and emotional regulation
CO4: Give an overview of the utility of EI in personal and professional growth |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Introduction to Emotions
|
|
Emotions: Definition, Types, Purpose, Basic Theory & Dimension Theory of Emotions; Affect-circumflex model of emotions, Myths associated with emotions. Emotional Intelligence (EI): Definition, components and importance of EI in personal and professional life. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Emotional Awareness and Regulation
|
|
Culture and Emotional Regulation and Emotional Expression. Developing Emotional Literacy Tools for Emotional Regulation: Mindfulness, Training students in mindfulness. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Understanding the Self
|
|
Examining "Success": Relationship between Self concept, self esteem, self efficacy with Emotional Regulation; Relationship with core beliefs and values and Emotional expression and regulation; Relationship between Personality and Emotional expression and regulation; Indigenous (Non-western) conceptualization of Self and its importance in Emotional Regulation | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Interpersonal Success & Empathy
|
|
Interpersonal effectiveness: Interpersonal orientation; Effective Communication in cross cultural contexts, Conflict: Types, Process of Conflict Resolution, Role of EI in Conflict Resolution; Empathy: Definition, types, and importance. Empathetic listening, empathetic body language, tactics for empathetic connection. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
EI at the workplace
|
|
EI at the Workplace; Impact of Emotionally Intelligent behaviour at the workplace - for individuals, teams and organizations. Developing Emotionally Intelligent Teams; Being a Emotionally Intelligent Leader | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
EI for Lifelong learning
|
|
Contemporary science of EI; EI training for teams: Methods, activities and assessment | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. King Jacob (2019): Master Your Emotions: Practical Guide to Manage Feelings, Overcome Negativity, Stress, Anxiety, Anger and Depression, and Change Your Life Developing Emotional Intelligence and Positive Thinking. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. The EQ Edge: Emotional Intelligence and Your Success – Steve J. Stein & Howard E. Book. 2. www.6seconds.org 3. Cowen A (2018) How Many Different Kinds of Emotion are There?. Front. Young Minds. 6:15. doi: 10.3389/frym.2018.00015. 4. Posner, J., Russell, J. A., & Peterson, B. S. (2005). The circumplex model of affect: an integrative approach to affective neuroscience, cognitive development, and psychopathology. Development and psychopathology, 17(3), 715–734. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579405050340 | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1- 20 marks CIA 2- 20 marks CIA 3- 50 marks | |
BBA142C - FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL MARKETING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: This course will be a base for the students to understand the various facets of Digital Marketing. The course is a foundation stone for students to get motivated and start a career in Digital Marketing. The course will facilitate any novice student to understand and use digital marketing platforms. Course Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand about Digital Marketing CO2: Analyse various Content Management System to select the appropriate one for Website Design CO3: Design E-Mail marketing campaigns CO4: Analyse the potential of Social Media Marketing CO5: Analyse and select appropriate digital marketing strategies |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Introduction to Digital Marketing
|
|||||
Digital Marketing: Introduction, Significance, Growth. Traditional vs Digital Marketing, Digital Marketing Mix, The 7Cs, Drafting Digital Marketing Plan | |||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Online Presence
|
|||||
Launching Business Online: Local Listings, Websites, Social Media. Websites: Components, Layout. Utility of Content Management Softwares in Website Design, Selecting Domain, Hosting Services and Plans | |||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
E-Mail Marketing
|
|||||
E-Mail Marketing: Significance, Process, E-Mail Marketing Strategy, E-Mail Marketing Campaign with MailChimp | |||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Social Media Marketing
|
|||||
Overview of Social Media Platforms, Selecting Channels, Publishing Content, Twitter Marketing, LinkedIn Marketing, YouTube Marketing | |||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
||||
Digital Marketing Strategies
|
|||||
Content Marketing, Video Marketing, Affiliate Marketing, Web Remarketing, Podcast Marketing | |||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
||||
Practical / Hands on Sessions
|
|||||
Content Creation - Digital Content Creation – hands on tools training for crating Post- Story- Reels- Shorts. Multiple tools strategy- #tag strategy- Email marketing- email content. Blog creation [ Canva / creative cloud express / Figma / Adobe XD ]
Strategy for Campaign - Strategy for Twitter Ad- Linked-in Ad- Instagram ad- Facebook ad- Google ad- Virtual campaigns | |||||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||
BBA142D - WEALTH MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch) | |||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:03 |
||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||
This course examines the investment and financial issues arising from personal wealth management activities. The course commences with an introduction to the financial planning industry and the regulatory framework. It then covers various topics required for constructing a comprehensive financial plan, including identifying client financial status and goals, asset allocation, securities trading, managed funds, superannuation, estate planning, and social security. This course focuses on understanding the nature, usage, and regulations of the advice of various financial products and legal instruments for developing personal wealth management plans. |
|||||
Course Outcome |
|||||
CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the theories and concepts of the financial planning process and wealth creation CO2: Create a personal financial plan CO3: Analyse the risk-return characteristics of different asset classes available to individuals for investing CO4: Create portfolio for a client based on their risk tolerance, constraints and unique life circumstances CO5: Evaluate different types of life insurance policies for the selection of the best one CO6: Construct a succession plan |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to Wealth management and Financial Planning
|
|
Meaning and objectives, Steps in financial planning
Personal Financial Planning Process, Service of Financial Consultant ( 5 Hours) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Economy & Wealth Management
|
|
Financial Planning to Wealth Management, Economic Cycles and Indicators - Lag Indicators - Co-incident Indicators - Lead Indicators, Interest Rate Views, Currency Exchange Rate. SIP, AWP and Systematic Transfer. ( 5 Hours) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
Investment & Risk Management
|
|
Investment Avenues: Equity, Debts & Alternative Assets, Active and Passive Exposures, Deposits and Debt Securities, Credit Exposure and Debt Investments, Concentration Risk, Passive Investments in Debt, Alternative Assets Investment Routes, Public provident Fund Employees Provident Fund Alternative Assets returns from Gold, Real Estate, Role of Real Estate, Real Estate Investment Routes, Real Estate Indices – Assets and liabilities Portfolio Management | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Insurance and Risk Management
|
|
Life insurance policies Health Insurance and Property Insurance
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Retirement Planning and wealth management
|
|
Introduction to Retirement Planning - Types of Retirement Plans – Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution plan, Superannuation and other retirement plans, Group Life and Health Insurance; Retirement planning and Strategies. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Succession Management
|
|
Nomination, Inheritance Law, Will & Trust, ( 5 Hours)
succession plan for the family business | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Sankaran,Sundar, Wealth Engine: Indian Financial Planning & Wealth Management Handbook,
[Vision Books, 2012] | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-1 20 MARKS CIA-2 20 MARKS CIA-3 50 MARKS | |
BBA142E - WORKING WITH SPREAD SHEETS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: In this course, you will learn the basic and advanced functions of excel through guided demonstration. Each week you will build on your excel skills and be provided with an opportunity to practice what you’ve learned. Finally, you will have a chance to put your knowledge to work in a mini-project. Please note, the content in this course was developed using a Windows version of Excel 2013 and 2016. Course Objectives: ● To demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell. ● To compare and contrast formulas and functions in Excel. ● To examine, interpret and analyse data using the database functions of Excel.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CLO1: Students are able to demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell. CLO2: Students are able to compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel. CLO3: Students are able to examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel. CLO4: Students are able to model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Introduction to Spread Sheet Level of Knowledge: Application
|
|
Understanding Microsoft Excel, Excel Workbook Windows, Basic Spreadsheet Skills, Excel Help System, Opening and Closing Workbooks, Understanding Workbook File Formats, Creating New Workbooks, Selecting Cells, Auto Sum and Auto Fill Function, Cell Referencing and Request, Formatting Cells, Formatting Numbers, Placing Cell Alignment, Cell, Rows and Columns, Understanding Worksheets, Editing, Copying and Moving Cells, Page Layouts in Excel, Proofing Workbook, Basic Options, Ribbons and Toolbar, AutoFilter, Advanced Filters, Managing Windows, Multiple Windows, Splitting Windows, Freezing Panes, Linking Data, Basics’ Assessment | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Fundamental tools in Spreadsheet Level of Knowledge: Application
|
|
Introduction to Excel Spreadsheet Intermediate Level, Defining Names in Excel, Sorting Data, Using Excel Tables, Filtering Data in Excel, Find and Replace, Headers and Footers, Adding Comment, Conditional Formatting, Understand Charts, Chart Design Options and Tools, Chart Format Tools, Combo Charts | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Functions in Spreadsheet Level of Knowledge: Application
|
|
Functions within Excel, Understanding Date Function, Super Power, Array Formulae, Advanced Range Names, What If function? Information Functions, Logical Functions, Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and Compare Excel Workbooks, Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Spreadsheet for Analysis Level of Knowledge: Application
|
|
Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions, Text Functions in Excel, Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Database Functions, Formula Auditing and Error Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Data Visualization using tables and charts Level of Knowledge: Application
|
|
Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing Worksheets, Understanding to Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists, Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising Workbooks, Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is already in a worksheet / grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Foundations of SQL
|
|
Power Query add-in in Excel 2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat table, import multiple tables from a SQL database, Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL database. Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ) | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA DETAILS MARKS DETAILS CIA 1 20 CIA II 20 CIA III 50 Attendance marks will be added as per the attendance policy | |
BBA142F - FINANCIAL EDUCATION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course covers topics such as income, expenditure, savings & investment avenues, borrowing, managing risk, budgeting, etc. Participants would also learn about various financial institutions and in what ways they can benefit from these institutions. The course helps participants to become aware of different products through which they can meet their financial needs and learn about the benefits of prudent financial behavior. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts, principles, and models related to financial education. CO2: Evaluate the importance of financial education in personal life. CO3: Learn to apply the theories and concepts of finance to practical situations CO4: Analyze various investment avenues that are suitable for personal financial goals. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Introduction to Financial Education
|
||
Need for Financial Literacy, Role of financial education in achieving financial well-being, Importance of Financial Planning, Key concepts of Personal Finance: Savings, Investment, Borrowing, Income and Expenses, Surplus/Deficit, Assets and Liabilities, Inflation, Time Value of Money, Active and Passive Income, Instant and Delayed Gratification, etc. Power of compounding and Rule of 72, Concept of Rupee Cost Averaging. | ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Financial Planning and Budgeting
|
||
Define Financial Planning, Financial Planning Process, Steps involved in Financial Planning Process, SMART financial goals, and three pillars of investments. Concepts of risk and return, Budgeting and its importance in financial planning. | ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Savings-related products
|
||
Types of bank accounts: Savings account, Current account, fixed deposits, recurring deposits. Various modes of transfer through banking channels: NEFT, RTGS, IMPS, UPI. Account opening process and importance of KYC norms. Do’s and don’ts while using digital payments. Credit cards and Debit cards. Role of Reserve Bank of India. | ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|
Investment in Securities Market
|
||
Investment avenues offered by Securities Markets, Primary Market and Secondary Market, Operational aspects of securities markets: placement of orders, contract note, pay-in, and pay-out, trading and settlement cycle. Various risks involved in investing in securities markets. Benefits of investing through Mutual Funds. Mutual Fund categorization and product labeling of mutual funds. Systematic Investment Plan (SIP) and its advantages. The role played by Commodity Derivatives markets in the hedging of commodity price risk. Products traded in Commodity Derivatives Exchanges and their usefulness to various stakeholders. | ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Insurance-related Products and Pension Planning
|
||
Role of Insurance as a risk management tool, various types of Insurance products and their key features. Regulatory role of IRDAI. Importance of Pension and its Role in providing financial security in old age. National Pension System (NPS). | ||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|
Borrowing Related Products
|
||
Borrowing, Collateral and Equated Monthly Instalments (EMI). Documents required for obtaining Loans. Various loan products offered by Financial Institutions and their key features. 5Cs of Credit. Credit Information Organizations and Credit Score. | ||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| ||
Evaluation Pattern CIA DETAILS MARKS DETAILS CIA 1 20 CIA II 20 CIA III 50 Attendance marks will be added as per the attendance policy | ||
BBA142G - GROUP AND TEAM EFFECTIVENESS (2023 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
The success of organizations is predominantly determined by the effectiveness of their people resources. To succeed in this global competition, organizations must build high-performing teams. The core of building high-performing teams is to understand team dynamics and build collaboration within teams, between teams and work as a team of teams. The course will enable the students to understand the nuances of team dynamics, experience the power of synergy working as a team and collaborate effectively for the benefit of personal, organizational and societal growth. The course aim at
|
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Define the concept of groups and stages of group development. CO2: List the nuances of working as a team and the qualities of a good team player. CO3: Build teams, achieve synergy and resolve team conflicts. CO4: Analyze and offer constructive feedback, coaching and mentoring. CO5: Choose to collaborate effectively and work as a team |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Understanding Group Dynamics
|
||
| ||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Managing Teams
|
||
Concept of Team, the Significance of working as a Team, the Difference between Work Groups and Work Teams, Types of Teams, Team Effectiveness, Qualities of a good Team Player, and Self-Managed Teams | ||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Team Building
|
||
| ||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
High Performing Teams
|
||
| ||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|
Experiential Learning
|
||
Bonding, Team Building, Trust Building, Team Competitive Games, Group Dynamics, Identifying High Performing Teams and Achieving Team Effectiveness | ||
Text Books And Reference Books:
| ||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
https://hbr.org/2021/10/5-things-high-performing-teams-do-differently | ||
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 20 Marks CIA 2 20 Marks CIA 3 50 Marks Marks for attendance will be addedd as per University policy. | ||
BLS143 - PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch) | ||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||
This course introduces students to the principles and techniques of horticulture. Students will learn the basics of plant growth, propagation, and cultivation. The course will cover soil management, irrigation, pruning, pest control, and greenhouse production. Students will also explore sustainable horticultural practices and their applications in various horticultural settings. |
||
Course Outcome |
||
CO1: Explain the principles and practices of plant growth and development. CO2: Demonstrate proficiency in plant propagation techniques. CO3: Apply soil management and irrigation techniques to promote plant growth and health CO4: Design and implement a pest management plan for a horticultural operation. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Horticulture
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Soil Management and Irrigation
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Pruning and Pest Control
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Sustainable Horticulture Practices
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern Attendance and Class Participation- 10% Midterm Examination- 30% Review paper/Research Paper- 20% Seminar presentation – 10% Final Examination - 30% | |
CHE141 - CHEMISTRY IN ACTION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course deals with the abundance of elements on earth and in biological systems and their inevitable role in the functioning of the living systems and the universe This course highlights the chemistry in action in drug usage, detection of disease, infection, drunken drive, in metal extraction process, in working principle of home appliances, in recreation, in archaeology, and in human system This course deals with the application of chemistry in forensics This course emphasis the need for sustainable energy and environment. This course is intended to Evoke an understanding on the inevitable role of chemistry in biological system as well as the environment Make students appreciate chemistry in action in different fields of application and in daily life Create an awareness regarding need for sustainable energy and environment. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Gains understanding on the inevitable chemistry in action in biological system CO2: Gains understanding on the abundance of different elements and their action in biological system and in the universe CO3: Able to practice the principles of sustainable chemistry and proper usage of energy in daily life |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Distribution of elements on Earth and in living systems
|
|
Natural abundance of elements, Elemental composition of human body. Sodium chloride a common and important ionic compound- hydrated salts and their applications (cement).
Eg.Alums, plaster of paris- 1 hr (asynchronous) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Carbon atom: The building block of life
|
|
Carbon based molecules in Biological systems-proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, fats. Carbon cycle, Changes in carbon cycle. Allotropes of carbon-2 hr (asynchronous) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Design in molecules
|
|
Molecules and perception- the molecular basis of smell and taste. The design in light and Fire- (synchronous)
The versatile molecule: water. The design in oxygen-
(asynchronous) | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Common drugs including drugs of abuse
|
|
Classification of drugs and their effects. 1. Paracetamol 2. Ibuprofen
3. botox 4. chloramphenicol (synchronous)
5. cocaine, 6. Cannabis (asynchronous) | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Chemistry of Atmosphere
|
|
Phenomena in the outer layers of atmosphere, Depletion of ozone in the stratosphere, volcanoes, The greenhouse effect, Photochemical smog (synchronous)
Acid rain, Indoor pollution(asynchronous) | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Out of Oxygen
|
|
Industrial, commercial, medical and scientific applications of oxygen-Steel making, in rocket engines, water and waste treatment processes.
Oxygen crisis-Does the earth run out of oxygen. Burning oil, coal, gas, wood or other organic materials, the O2 we breathe, to break carbon-hydrogen bonds and release energy. Combustion, carbon dioxide. The concept of oxygen bar- (synchronous) | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Chemistry in Daily Life
|
|
Breath analyser, metals from sea, microwave ovens-dipole moments at work. Ice skating, desalination-reverse osmosis. Determining the age of artifacts. (synchronous)
Haemoglobin, pH of blood. antacids and pH balance in stomach. How an egg shell is made ?- (asynchronous) | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
Chemical Mysteries
|
|
Who killed Napolean-Arsenic poisoning, Marsh test for arsenic. Gold finger printing by mass spectrometry | |
Unit-9 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Future Chemistry
|
|
What is in store for the near future, Energy and environment Energy production and energy utilization.
The nature of energy and types of energy. (synchronous) Radioactivity-Demand for energy (asynchronous) | |
Unit-10 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Green Chemistry
|
|
Waste minimization, design of safer and more efficient processes for waste management. waste management (synchronous).
Sustainable Chemistry. (asynchronous) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Nina Morgan Chemistry in Action: The Molecules of Everyday Life, 1 st ed, Oxford University Press, 1995.
[2] John T. Moore Chemistry for Dummies 1 st ed. For Dummies, 2002. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [3] Raymond Chang, Chemistry. 8 th ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2002.. [4] Kirpal Singh Chemistry in Daily Life, 2 nd ed Prentice-Hall of India Private
Limited, 2008. | |
Evaluation Pattern 1. CIA -1 ………………………. 25Marks 2. Mid-term Test (CIA-2)……………………… 25 Marks 3. End-semester examination ………………… 50 Marks
TOTAL 100 Marks | |
COFI101-2 - FINANCIAL MARKETS AND SERVICES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course helps a student to understand the role and importance of the Financial system and services. Concepts under the Indian Financial markets and financial institutions are introduced through this course. Student also learns to identify and assess the regulatory environment of the financial industry and its impact on financial services providers and consumers.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Apply knowledge of core disciplines of commerce to support strategic decision-making and fulfillment of business goals. CO2: Create, design, and develop business ideas into value-generating enterprises. CO3: Demonstrate holistic values, skills pertaining to physical and emotional well-being, moral principles, and community engagement skills in both personal and professional life. CO4: Apply a multi-disciplinary approach to gain a deeper understanding of concepts, drive new business initiatives and solve complex problems creatively. CO5: Evaluate investing and financing strategies to meet specific financial goals of companies and individual investors. CO6: Apply the economic way of thinking for business decisions |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Indian Financial Markets and Systems
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic and Conceptual Introduction to Indian Financial System - Evolution of Financial System in India - Financial System and Economic Development - Indian Financial Markets - Meaning and Components - Structure of Financial Markets in India - Types of Markets: Equity, Debt, Derivatives, Commodities - Role of Participants in the Financial Markets - Regulators in the Indian Financial Market - Recent Developments in the Indian Financial System – Financial Markets Regulation Department (FMRD) - Weaknesses of Indian Financial System - Controller of Capital Issues (CCI) – Securities Contracts (Regulations) Act – Malpractices in Securities Market – Deficiencies in the Market – Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) – SEBI Guidelines – Prohibition of Unfair Trade Practices – Recent Guidelines
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Market
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic and Conceptual Capital markets - meaning - Classification of the capital market - Distinction between New Issue Market and Stock Exchange - Methods of Floating New Issues – General Guidelines for New Issue – Principal Steps of Private Placement - Recognition of Stock Exchanges - growth of stock exchange - Listing of Securities – Listing Procedure – Registration of Stock Brokers, Functions of the stock exchange, Margin trading, Forward trading, SENSEX, NIFTY, OTCEI (over the counter exchange of India) - Online Trading – BSE-BOLT System – Mobile Trading – Algo Trading – Merits of Online Trading – Types of Stock Market Orders (NSE-NEAT System) – Carry Over or Badla Transactions.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Money Market
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Definition – Money Market vs. Capital Market – Features of a Money Market – Characteristic Features of a Developed Money Market – Importance of Money Market – Composition of Money Market – Call Money Market – Commercial Bills Market or Discount Market – Bill Market Scheme – Treasury Bill Market – Money Market Instruments – Commercial Papers – Certificate of Deposit (CD) – Inter-bank Participation Certificate – Repo Instruments – Structure of Indian Money Market – Features or Deficiencies of Indian Money Market – Recent Developments – Discount and Finance House of India (DFHI). | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Financial Services
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning, Scope and Innovations – Meaning of Financial Services – Features of Financial Services – Importance of Financial Services – Classification of Financial Service Industry – Scope of Financial Services – Causes for Financial Innovation – Financial Services and Promotion of Industries – New Financial Products and Services – Innovative Financial Instruments - Challenges Facing the Financial Service Sector – Present Scenario -Types of Financial Services. Fund-Based Financial Services. Fee-Based Financial Services. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Fund-Based Financial Services
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing: Meaning and Types of Leasing. Legislative Frameworks related to leasing. Depreciation implacability with reference to Leasing - Introduction to Hire Purchasing. Concept and features of Hire Purchase. Tax and depreciation implication - Factoring: Types, Mechanism, Advantages and Disadvantages of Factoring. Forfeiting: Types, Mechanism, Advantages and Disadvantages of Forfeiting. Operational Procedure related to the working of Credit Card mechanism. Advantages and Disadvantages of Credit Cards. Procedure to obtain Venture Capital Finance Importance and advantages of Venture Capital Finance - Mutual Fund: Structure of Mutual Funds, Types of Mutual Funds, Exchange Traded Funds, Hedge Funds and Advantages of Mutual Funds, Accounting Aspects and Performance Evaluation of Mutual Funds and Regulations. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Fee-Based Financial Services
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit Rating – Meaning, Functions – Debt Rating System of CRISIL, ICRA and CARE - Introduction – Definition – Origin – Merchant Banking in India – Merchant Banks and Commercial Banks – Services of Merchant Banks – Merchant Bankers as Lead Managers - Merchant Bankers in the Market-making Process – Progress of Merchant Banking in India – Problems of Merchant Bankers - Depository services: Role and Advantages of the Depository system, NSDL and CDSL, Depository participants and their roles. Stock broking services including SEBI guidelines - Loan Syndication, Parties Involved, Phases /Stages in Loan Syndication, Types of Syndication - Life and non-life insurance organizations in India, Non Banking financial and companies (NBFCs) and Micro Finance Institutions. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1.M Y Khan, “Indian Financial System” 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2018. 2.E.Gardon & K.Natarajan, “Financial Markets & Services”, 10th Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2016 3.Bharti V Pathak, “The Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services” 5th Edition, Pearson Publication, 2018
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Bharti V Pathak, “The Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services” 5th Edition, Pearson Publication, 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COFI102-2 - BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
This course will help the students in reaching a level of increased competence in business mathematics and expand understanding of the applications of mathematical concepts in business. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through common business problems. As a prerequisite, the students should have basic knowledge about elementary concepts relating to mathematics. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Apply knowledge of core commerce disciplines to support strategic decision-making and fulfillment of business goals. CO2: Create, design, and develop business ideas into value-generating enterprises.
CO3: Demonstrate holistic values, skills pertaining to physical and emotional well-being, moral principles, and community engagement skills in both personal and professional life. CO4: Apply a multi-disciplinary approach to gain a deeper understanding of concepts, drive new business initiatives and solve complex problems creatively. CO5: Evaluate investing and financing strategies to meet specific financial goals of companies and individual investors. CO6: Apply the economic way of thinking for business decisions. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Basic Mathematics
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical Set theory- Notation of Sets, Singleton Set, Types of sets, Union of Sets, Inter-section of Sets, Use of set theory in business. Permutation and Combination: – Definition, Factorial notation, permutations with repetitions; restricted permutations. Definition of combination; Basic identities; restricted combinations.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Matrices and Determinants
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical Definition of a matrix; types of matrices; Algebra of matrices, Properties of determinants; calculations of values of determinants upto third order; Adjoint of a matrix, inverse of Matrix (Simple Problems only). Solution of a system of linear equations using Cramer’s Rule and Matrix method, Applications of Matrices and Determinants in business.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial Arithmetic
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical Simple interest – Compound interest – Equivalent rate – Depreciation of Assets – Compounding and discounting of a sum using different types of rates. Types of annuities - like ordinary, due, deferred, continuous, perpetual, and their future and present values using different types of rates of interest. – Sinking Fund.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio and Proportions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical Ratio – Proportion – Direct Proportion - Inverse Proportion – Compound proportions – related problems.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Probability
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical Concept of Probability—Meaning and Definition— Approaches to Probability Theorems of Probability—Addition Theorem— Multiplication Theorem—Conditional Probability—Inverse Probability—Bayes’ Theorem - Sets Theory: Meaning of Set - Set Operation – Venn Diagrams.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Linear Programming
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical Definition – Linear Programming Problem – Formulation – Solution by Graphical method - Introduction to Transportation Problem – Initial Basic Feasible solution – Moving towards Optimality – Degeneracy in Transportation Problems – Unbalanced Transportation Problem – Assignment Problems.
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1.Sancheti, D.C. &V.K,Kapoor, (2012). Business Mathematics (11 ed). New Delhi:Sultan Chand and Sons 2.U.K. Srivatsava, G.V.Shenoy and S.C.Sharma, (2012). Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions (3ed). New Age International Publishers
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1.E. Don, J. Lerner. (2010). Schaum’s outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, (2 ed): McGraw-Hill 2.J D Gupta, P K Gupta and M. Mohan. (2011) Mathematics for Business and Economics: 3.Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited 4.Mouhammed A.H. (2012) Quantitative methods for Business and Economics, (3 ed): M.E.Sharpe 5.Anderson, Sweeney, Williams, Camm, Cochran, Fry & Ohlmann. (2013). Quantitative methods for Business, (12 ed): South-Western Cengage Learning
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COFI161-2 - ACCOUNTING PACKAGE FOR BUSINESS (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:75 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
With the fast-moving technological world and in the IT era, all sorts of tasks are being automated which were performed manually earlier irrespective of domain e.g. healthcare, documentation, shopping, employee management, shopping almost everything. To meet the pace of the growing world, the accounting system has also been computerized and automated as one single entry manages both accounting and inventory needs. Tally is the most popular accounting package used across our country and needs a lot of trained manpower to meet the requirements. This course intends to give knowledge about Tally. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Understand the utility and importance of Tally. CO2: Use the knowledge of creating Journal entries and Ledger entries and create entries in Tally. CO3: Use the knowledge of creating Vouchers and Financial statements and create entries in Tally CO4: Use stock management concepts and create entries in Tally. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Tally and Accounting concepts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Meaning -Tally and utility - Basic concepts of Accounting- Company Creation, Modification & other entries-Journal entries & Ledger creation/modification etc. Group Creation | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Vouching and Financial statements
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Preparation of Vouchers- (Payment, Receipt, Journal, Contra, Purchase, Sales, Return Inward/Outward Voucher) Preparation of Trading Account- Profit & Loss Account, Income & Expenditure A/c, Receipts & Payments A/c, Balance Sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Bank Reconciliation - & Stock Management
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Bank Reconciliation Statement-Preparation of Vouchers Type-Stock Management- Stock Group Creation, Stock category, Godown maintenance, Unis creation, Stock ledger creation & maintenance etc. Preparation of Purchase & Sales Order) Rejection In, Rejection Out, Sales Bill- Depreciation Accounting | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Stocks & Sale
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing: Stock Item Creation, Finished Goods creation & Maintenance-Price Level at Point of Sale: Necessary activation, Journal entries, Bill Design/ preparation/generation etc. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Payroll
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Payroll- Basic Concepts, Employee creation, Group creation, Attendance, Voucher Type creation, Payroll entries. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Behera, S, Learn Tally .ERP 9 , 2014, BK Publications , Bhubaneshwar, Odisha | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Tally Prime Book. Sanjay Satpathy; Swayam education, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COM101-2 - PRACTICES OF BANKING AND INSURANCE (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
This course introduces the students to basic Concepts of banking - its various segmentsfunctioning- activities and regulations. It also introduces the student to the basic principles of insurance- types of insurance and its legal framework in India. Through this course the student gets an understanding of both the sectors and learns to appreciate the importance of these sectors in the growth of the Economy. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Explain the origin and history of banking in India and classify the different types of accounts and the roles played by the banks. CO2: Identify various negotiable instruments and different E-payment methods available in our market. CO3: Describe the significance of Principles of Insurance and classify the various types of insurance available in our market. CO4: Explain the regulation and legal framework of the Indian banking and insurance system. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Banking
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Origin of banking: Definition –Development of Banking in India- banker and customer relationship - General and special types of customers - Types of deposits - Deposit Accounts - Opening Operations and Closure of Fixed Deposit Account - Recurring Account - Savings Account -Current Account - Deposit Schemes for NRIs - Types of banks - Commercial Banks- Origin and growth of commercial banks in India - Functions of Commercial Banks - Cooperative Banks- Regional Rural Banks- Agriculture and Rural Development Banks - Development Banks and NBFCs - Financial Services offered by banks - Changing role of commercial banks - Reserve Bank of India - Powers & Functions – Monetary Policy – Credit Control Measures. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Negotiable Instrument Act
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Negotiable Instruments Act –Meaning-Characteristics- Types if NI- Cheques - Meaning - Precautions before honouring a cheque-Circumstances under which a cheque can be dishonoured – Crossing and endorsement - meaning- definitions- types and rules of crossing. Endorsement – Definition - Kinds of endorsement – Significance of endorsement – Paying Banker - Duties and Protection to paying bankers- Collecting bankers – Duties - Statutory protection for holders in due course- Concept of negligence. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Bank Lending, Banking Sector Reforms & Trends
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Types of Loans and Advances - Principles of Sound lending - Secured vs. Unsecured Advances - Advances against various securities – Priority sector lending - Basel Norms I, II & III-Non-Performing Assets – SARFAESI Act- Banking Sector Reforms. Recent trends - Digital Banking - Meaning- Benefits- Home banking- Mobile banking- Virtual banking- Payment Banking-E-payments- ATM Card/Biometric card- Debit/Credit card- Smart card- Prepaid Instruments- NEFT- RTGS- ECS (credit/debit)- E-money- Electronic purse- Digital cash – Impact of IT on Banks- Soft banks- payment banks-e-wallet. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Insurance
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic concept of risk- Types of business risk- Risk and return relationship - Assessment and transfer- Basic principles of utmost good faith- Indemnity- Economic function- Proximate cause- Subrogation and contribution, Mitigation of Loss –Insurance Terminology - Underwriting - Online Insurance -– Insurance Intermediaries - Reinsurance- Present State of Insurance Industry in India – Careers in Insurance Industry; Rural and Social Sector obligations in Insurance Sector | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Types of Insurance
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Types of Insurance: Life and Non-life - Fire – Marine – Miscellaneous – Motor - Personal Accident – Health – Liability – Engineering – Aviation -– New Insurance Products | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Regulation & Legal Framework
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Power, functions and Role of IRDA - Essentials of General Contract under Indian Contract Act,1872- Essential Feature of Insurance Contracts-Salient Features of Insurance Act,1938- LIC Act,1956- GIC Act,1972- IRDA Act,1999 – Agency Law - Consumer Protection Act(COPA),1986 - The Insurance Ombudsman | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Gordon, E., Gupta, P.K. (2018). Banking and Insurance (1st ed.) Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House. 2. Murali,S. & Subbakrishna, K.R. (2019).Bank Credit Management. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Mishra, & Sukhwinder (2019) Banking Law and Practice. New Delhi: S.Chand Publications 2. Periasamy,P. (2019) Principles and Practice of Insurance. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing. 3. Bodla, B.S., Garg, M.C., Singh, K.P.,(2010) Insurance Fundamentals, Environment and Procedures. New Delhi : Deep & Deep Publications 4. IC - 01 – PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE – Year of Edition 2010 (Revised) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
COM102-2 - CORPORATE LAW AND ADMINISTRATION (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
The course intends to provide in-depth and comprehensive understanding of regulatory aspects of companies. The course enables students to acquire knowledge on district characteristic features of corporate form of organization and administrative aspects. The course also provides hands-on practical inputs on incorporation procedures, drafting MOA, AOA . minutes of meeting, drafting resolutions and other Documents |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Demonstrate comprehensive and understanding of those areas of the concept of the Companies (Private and Public) and its inherent characteristics that makes it different from other forms of organizations.
CO2: Discuss the various legal and regulatory rules about the genesis of a company, shareholders, directors, documents
CO3: Discuss and apply the law governing various role played by different people like Promoters, Directors, Key Managerial Personnel (KMP?s) and Company Secretaries in the successful functioning of a Company CO4: Discuss and explain the regulatory framework, mechanisms and laws relating to Meetings CO5: Discuss and apply the law governing corporate rescue and winding-up
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction and Jurisprudence of Company Law
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
History of Company Law and scope ;Company and its Characteristics; types of companies including one-person company, Conversion of private company to One Person company, small company and dormant company; association not for profit; illegal association and Limited Liability Partnership (LLP); formation of company and LLP, on-line filing of documents, promoters, their legal position, pre-incorporation contract; on-line registration of a company; Administration of Company Law [including National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT), Special Courts]. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Documents
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Memorandum of association and its contents; Articles of association and its contents; Entrenchment clause, Doctrine of Ultravires, Doctrine of Constructive Notice and Doctrine of Indoor management, prospectus and its types; Misstatement in prospectus; liability for misstatements. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Management
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Management: Director and its Classification including Women directors, Independent director, Small shareholder’s director; Disqualifications, Director Identification Number (DIN); Their appointment; Legal positions, powers and duties; removal of directors; Key Managerial Personnel. Meetings: Meetings of shareholders and board; Types of meeting, convening and conduct of meetings, Quorum,Agenda, proxy forms, Minutes book and Voting Methods including postal ballot, Ordinary and Special resolution,, drafting of resolutions, Circular Resolution, e-voting; Corporate Governance and Committee, Committees of Board of Directors - Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, Grievance Redressal Committee. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends, Secretarial Audit and Reports
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends, Accounts, Audit: Provisions relating to payment of Dividend, Interim dividend, Declaration of dividend out of reserves, provisions relating to Unpaid and unclaimed dividend, Provisions relating to Books of Account, IEPF with relation to Dividends; Secretarial Audit and report; Board’s Report. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Introduction to Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code: Historical Background; Need for the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016; Overall scheme of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code; Important Definitions; Institutions under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. (Relevant case laws); Concept and modes of Winding Up. | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: 1.Kapoor, N.D. (2020). Company Law & Secretarial Practice (13th ed.). New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1.Company Law Study Material – Institute of Company Secretaries of India 2.MC Kuchhal.(20) Modern Indian Company Law. Delhi:ShriMahavir Book Depot (Publishers) 3.GK Kapoor and Sanjay Dhamija. (2014) Company Law. Delhi. Bharat Law House 4.Anil Kumar. (2013) CorporateLaw.Delhi: Indian Book House 5.ReenaChadha and SumantChadha (2014).CorporateLaws.Delhi: Scholar Tech Press 6.Avtar Singh.(2014) Introduction to Company Law.Eastern Book Company
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern Students are evaluated for each paper on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment (CIA). Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
CSC152 - INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:4 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Blockchain is an emerging technology platform for developing decentralized applications and data storage, over and beyond its role as the technology underlying cryptocurrencies. This course serves as an introduction to the exciting new world of blockchain technologies and related applications. |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CO1: Students will be able to learn Blockchain basics CO2: Understand the technologies and applications of blockchain CO3: Understand emerging models of blockchain |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
INTRODUCTION & BASIC DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING
|
|
Need for Distributed Record Keeping; Modeling faults and adversaries; Byzantine Generals problem; Consensus algorithms and their scalability problems; Why Nakamoto came up with Blockchain based cryptocurrency? Technologies Borrowed in Blockchain – hash pointers, consensus, byzantine fault-tolerant distributed computing, digital cash etc. Atomic Broadcast, Consensus, Byzantine Models of fault tolerance. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
BASIC CRYPTO PRIMITIVES
|
|
Introduction to Cryptography, Cryptographic hash functions, Hash functions: SHA, Puzzle friendly Hash, Collision resistant hash, digital signatures, public key Cryptography, verifiable random functions, Zero-knowledge systems. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
BLOCKCHAIN 1.0
|
|
Bitcoin blockchain, the challenges, and solutions, proof of work, Proof of stake, alternatives to Bitcoin consensus, Bitcoin scripting language and their use.
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
BLOCKCHAIN 2.0 & BLOCKCHAIN 3.0
|
|
Ethereum and Smart Contracts, The Turing Completeness of Smart Contract Languages and verification challenges, Using smart contracts to enforce legal contracts, comparing Bitcoin scripting vs. Ethereum Smart Contracts. Case Study.Hyperledger Fabric, the plug-and-play platform and mechanisms in permissioned blockchain | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
PRIVACY, SECURITY ISSUES IN BLOCKCHAIN
|
|
Pseudo-anonymity vs. anonymity, Zcash and Zk-SNARKS for anonymity preservation, attacks on Blockchains – such as Sybil attacks, selfish mining, 51% attacks - advent of algorand, and Sharding based consensus algorithms to prevent these. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Draft version of “S. Shukla, M. Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan, ‘Blockchain Technology: Cryptocurrency and Applications’, Oxford University Press, 2019. [2] Josh Thompson, ‘Blockchain: The Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to Blockchain Technology and Blockchain Programming’, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] Bikramaditya Singhal, Gautam Dhameja, Priyansu Sekhar Panda, “Beginning Blockchain”, APress, 2018. [2] Keizer Söze, “BLOCKCHAIN Novice to Expert”, Sabi Shepherd Ltd. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA-50% CIA-50% | |
CSC154 - INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course covers general terminology and concepts of Python programming language such as data types (strings and numbers), variables, functions, and control structures. Additionally, they will explore String handling operation tools and Object-Oriented Programming concepts.At the end of the course, students can use different dynamic programming constructs and write simple logical programs. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Learn Programming Paradigms &Understand the Programming Environment. CO2: Ability to write simple logical programs. CO3: Understand the use of built-in objects of Python. CO4: Demonstrate significant experience with the Python program development environment. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Introduction-
|
|
Introduction, What is Python, Origin, IDLE, python interpreter, Writing and executing python scripts, comments, identifiers, keywords, variables, data type, operators, operator precedence and associativity, statements, expressions. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Conditional Statements
|
|
Boolean expressions, Simple if statement, if-elif-else statement, compound boolean expressions, nesting, multi way decisions. Loops: The while statement, range functions, the for statement, nested loops, break and continue statements, infinite loops. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
String Operations-
|
|
String and string operations, List- creating list, accessing, updating and deleting elements from a list, basic list operations. Tuple- creating and accessing tuples in python, basic tuple operations. Dictionary, built in methods to access, update and delete dictionary values. Set and basic operations on a set. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Functions and Objects-
|
|
Python Objects, Standard Types, Other Built-in Types, Internal Types, Standard Type Operators, Standard Type Built-in Functions, Mathematical functions, date time functions, random numbers, writing user-defined functions, and composition of functions. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
OOPs Concept in Python
|
|
Object Oriented Concept, Features,Classes: Classes and Instances-Inheritance, Exception handling mechanism- Exception Handling: Catching and Raising Exceptions, Custom Exceptions | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Wesely J.Chun,Core Python Application Programming ,Prentice Hall,third edition 2015.
[2]T.R.Padmanabhan, Programming with Python,Springer Publications,2016.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] Zhang.Y ,An Introduction to Python and Computer Programming, Springer Publications, 2016. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 50% ESE 50% | |
CSC155 - USER DESIGN EXPERIENCE (UX) (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The UXD course provides insight details about user experience design. In this course, students will learn the core principles of visual design, including building storyboards, choosing color schemes, and visualizing the ideal user interface to improve the user experience. This course will help to create intuitive and great-looking software products. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Describe design principles. CO2: Demonstrate impactful visual design and color concepts. CO3: Apply design principles and skills for design prototypes. CO4: Design an intuitive design for software products.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Introduction
|
|
HCI-Human computer Interaction-Fundamentals of Design-people and design-Visual Design-overview -the difference between visual & UI/UX, UI design trends, Roles of a UI designer, UI UX process-UX- UX terminologies-elements-layers-roles-user centered vs. value-centered design-usertypes. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Principles
|
|
Visual Communication- Design principles- Design elements- Color theory- Graphic Design- Layouts- Mockups- Typography. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
User Experience Design (UXD)
|
|
User Experience Design-Charts and User Pathway -Information Architecture-Wireframes-Prototype-User Research-Scenarios | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Voice user experience design
|
|
Introduction- a brief history of VUIs- What is VUI design? -Chatbots.Basic Voice user experience design principles-Designing for mobile devices versus IVR systems-Conversational Design-Error Handling-Personas, Avatars, Actors and video games-Speech Recognition Technology-Advanced Voice User Interface Design-User testing for VUI. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Case Studies
|
|
Case studies- Web-Mobile-product interaction-Mock-ups-Designing Wireframes-Learn through cheat-sheets | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] DonaldChesnut,KevinPNichols,“UXforDummies”,JohnWileyandSons,2014 [2] Jodie Moule, “KILLER UX Design”, Site point, Shroff Publishers, 2015 ISBN: 978:93:5213:175-4 [3] CathyPearl, “Designing Voice User Interfaces”, O’Reilly Media Inc, 2017, ISBN: 978- 93-5213-526-4 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] DonaldA.Norman,BasicBooks,"TheDesignofEverydayThings",Inc.NewYork,NY, USA ©2002 ISBN: 9780465067107 [2] Krug, Steve, “Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: a Common Sense Approach to Web Usability”, [Berkeley, Calif.] : New Riders, 2014.Print [3] William Lidwell, Kritina Holden, Jill Butler, “Universal Principles of Design”, Rockport Publishers, 2010, ISBN-13: 978-1-592453-587-3,ISBN-10:1-59253-587-9. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA - 50% ESE - 50% | |
CSC157 - VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES USING EXCEL (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course focuses on the importance of data visualization for business intelligence and decision making. The course provides a practical approach to assess and enhance the impact of visuals for the database/dataset and use data visuals to convey distributions and relationships.To make students understand, how to compare and contrast performance measurement data using effective data visuals and also use construct effective data visuals to solve workplace problems.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Work with different types of data CO2: Understand the importance of data visualization to drive more effective business decisions. CO3: Understand charts, graphs, and tools used for analytics and use them to gain valuable insights
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Introduction
|
|
Dashboard Basics: Introduction - What is Dashboard? - Uses of Dashboard - User Requirements - Assembling the Data - Worksheet Functions: Vloopup - Xlookup - Index and Match - Sumproduct Function - Tables. Pivot Table - Building the Table - Dashboard case studies.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Organizing Data
|
|
Separating Data Layers - Working with External Data - Power Query vs Power Pivot - Text Files - Excel Files - Access Databases - SQL Server Database - Transforming Power in Query - Managing Columns and Rows - Transforming Columns.
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
The Fundamentals of Visualization
|
|
Creating effective visualization - Driving Meaning with color - Focusing attention with Text - Non-Chart Visualization - Format - Date and Time Format - Icons - Sparklings.
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Infographics
|
|
Creating Infographics using shapes - Working with shapes - Framing with Data Shapes - Creating Charts with Shapes. Visualizing Performance Comparisons - Single Measurement.
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Visualizing Parts
|
|
Column Charts - Bullet Charts - XY charts - Bubble Charts - Dot Plot Charts - Pie Charts - Line Charts - Animated Charts - Chart Automation - Manipulating Chart Objects.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] Kusleika, Dick. Data Visualization with Excel Dashboards and Reports. United States: Wiley, 2021.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] Schwabish, Jonathan. Data Visualization in Excel: A Guide for Beginners, Intermediates, and Wonks. United States: CRC Press, 2023. [2] Data Visualization in Excel: All Excel Charts and Graphs. United States: Packt Publishing, 2020 Academy, Start-Tech.
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA - ESE - 50 | |
DSC143 - DATA VISUALIZATION (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Pre Requisite: As a prerequisite the students should have the fundamental knowledge of Python programing
Course description: This course is designed to build the logical thinking ability and to provide hands-on experience in data visualization using Python with hands-on experience. The course provides the platform to explore various data visualization libraries and techniques used to analyze, and interpret data visually. Course Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Possess hands-on experience of visualization techniques using Python. CO2: Ability to tell a compelling story by visualizing data. CO3: Able to analyze and interpret the data using data visualization techniques. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Data Visualization
|
|
Introduction: Definition- Need- Advantages-Applications- Data Visualization Process-Knowing your Data- Python as Visualization Tool-Visualization Libraries - Data Visualization techniques.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Basic and Specialized Visualization Techniques
|
|
Line Plot – Pie Charts-Histograms-Bar Charts -Box Plots- Scatter Plots – Swarm Plot - Pivot Table-Waffle Charts - Word Cloud – regression Plot- Heat Map - Maps with Markers- Geo Spatial Charts - Choropleth Maps Visualization Libraries: Plotting with Matplotlib - Plotting with Seaborn
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Data Story Telling with Dashboards
|
|
Dashboarding Overview -Introduction to Plotly-Introduction to Dash-Make Dashboards Interactive -Understanding the Lab Environment. Real world case studies using dashboard.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. 1. Igor Milovanovic, Giuseppe Vettigli and Dimitri Foures, Python Data Visualization Cookbook, Second-Edition, Packt Publishing Ltd., Bringham Mumbai, India 2018. 2. 2. Ossama Embarak, Data Analysis and Visualization Using Python, Apress, United States of America, 2018. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis, Orielly, United States of America,2013 | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 50% ESE 50% | |
ECO146 - GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course aims to provide knowledge of the fundamental differences between genders from economic, biological, political, , psychological and feminist perspectives. It also provides the necessary analytical tools to analyze differences in bargaining positions of men and women within households alongside explaining consequences of marriage , women’s education, health, career choices and wellbeing. The course also examines developmental outcomes from a gendered lens.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the various disciplinary perspectives from which gender differences could be analysed such as the biological, the economic, the psychological or the feminist perspectives
CO2: To understand different gender inequality index CO3: Critically evaluate ways by which women could be empowered with a focus on public policy |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Gender and Development
|
|
Basic concepts and subject matters. Gender statistics and System of gender inequality- - Impact of Economic Growth on Gender Equality -Gender Differences in Incomes, education, health and labour market- Women’s Contribution to GDP - Estimation of Women’s Unpaid Work. . Impact of Globalization on Gender Status- Globalization of the World Economy and Gender Status | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Economic Growth and Gender Equality
|
|
Gender Equity Index - Gender Inequality Index of UNDP - Gender Status Index - Gender in Human Development - Gender Development Index - Gender Empowerment Measure - Gender in Social Development Indicators - the OECD Social Institutions and Gender Index (SIGI). – | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Gender Development and Mainstreaming Initiatives in India
|
|
Women’s Empowerment in India-Gender Inclusive Planning -Role of Institutions in Gender Mainstreaming - Gender Sensitization of institutions and policies - Mainstreaming Gender into Development Policies - Rights Based Approach to Gender Development. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1) Eswaran, M (2014), Why Gender Matters in Economics, Princeton University, Princeton and Oxford 2) Joyce P. Jacobsen (2020), Advanced Introduction to Feminist Economics, Edward Elagar Publishing 3) Time use survey report 2019, Government of India 4) Agarwal, B., & Bina, A. (1994). A field of one's own: Gender and land rights in South Asia (No. 58).Cambridge UniversityPress. 5) Klasen S. (2006) UNDP’s Gender-Related Measures: Some Conceptual Problems and Possible Solutions, Journal of Human Development and Capabilities 7 (2), pp.243-74 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Klasen S. (2006) UNDP’s Gender-Related Measures: Some Conceptual Problems and Possible Solutions, Journal of Human Development and Capabilities 7 (2), pp.243-74 2.Book chapter: Kabeer Naila, Benevolent Dictators, Maternal Altruists and Patriarchal Contracts: Gender and Household Economics, Chapter 5 in Reversed Realities: Gender Hierarchies in Development Thought
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 A and B for 30 marks CIA 2 A and B for 20 marks | |
ECO147 - THINKING THROUGH THE ENVIRONMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The natural environment necessarily lends itself to multiple disciplinary inquiries. While science and economics provide data, systems of information, knowledge, and models of management about the earth and its resources, environmental ethics enables one to ask ‘How then, should we live?’ This course aims to provide a holistic and deeper understanding of the environment, its varied interpretations, and ways of relating to it. This course also seeks to cultivate moral and ethical thinking about the environment to develop the basics of sustainable living. To sensitize the students and make them think critically about the environment, especially when technology and infrastructure projects rule over the environmental spaces. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the various environmental consciousness and movements across global as well as national boundaries CO2: Critically evaluate ways by which an economist could be explained environment CO3: Explain the nexus between gender and the environment CO4: To value ethics as the heart of the environmental consciousness. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Environmentalism
|
|
Environmentalism – tracing the history of global environmental consciousness and movements – Varieties of environmentalism – English love of the country – Wilderness thinking in America – Chipko and Silent Valley movements in India | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Economics of the Environment and its Critique
|
|
Environmental Economics – resource economics – ecological economics; How economists see the environment; Economics of renewable and exhaustible resources; Carbon trading; Economist’s perspective on Sustainability; Concepts of environmental values – Total economic value; Standard methods to value the environment; Reconsidering Economics; Bounded rationality and the environment | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Ecofeminism and Ecocriticism
|
|
Gender and environment; Ecofeminism; androcentrism; Deep ecology – ecofeminism debate; Ecocriticism; Romantic ecology; Nature writings; Thinking like a mountain; The forgetting and remembering of the air | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Environmental Ethics
|
|
Environmental Ethics; An autobiography of your relationship with the earth; Environmental justice; Discounting; Climate change debates; Environmental refugees; The inconvenient truth; Basics of sustainable living; Know your carbon footprints | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Abram, D. (1996). The Spell of the Sensuous: Perception and Language in a More-than-human World. New York: Vintage Books 2. Bhattacharya, R.N. (2004). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press 3. Clark, T. (2011). Literature and the Environment. Cambridge University Press 4. Garrard, G. (2011). Ecocriticism. Routledge 5. Guha, R. (2000). Environmentalism. Oxford University Press 6. Leopold, A. (1949). A Sand County Almanac. Oxford: Oxford University Press 7. Sankar, U. (ed.) (2000). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press 8. Stavins, R.N. (Ed.) (2012). Economics of the Environment. New York, London: W.W. Norton 9. Carson, R. (1963). Silent Spring. London: Hamish Hamilton 10. Martinez – Alier, J. (2002). The Environmentalism of the Poor: A Study of Ecological Conflicts and Valuation. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar 11. Plumwood, V. (1993). Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. London: Routledge
12. Warren, K.J. (ed), (1994). Ecological Feminism. London: Routledge. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Bhattacharya, R.N. (2004). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press Sankar, U. (ed.) (2000). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press Guha, R. (2000). Environmentalism. Oxford University Press | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1A-10 MARKS CIA1B-15 MARKS CIA2-20 MARKS ATTENDANCE-5 MARKS | |
ENG181-2 - ENGLISH (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
· To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes · To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning · To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning · To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions · To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities, and politics and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes CO2: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class CO3: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
food
|
|
Witches’ Loaves O Henry
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
language
|
|
Presentation skills | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Fashion
|
|
In the Height of Fashion-Henry Lawson | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Language
|
|
Report writing | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Management
|
|
The Story of Mumbai Dabbawalas- ShivaniPandita
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Language
|
|
Resume Writing | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Language
|
|
Interview skills and CV writing | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Management
|
|
If By Rudyard Kipling | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
History
|
|
Who were the Shudras? By Dr Ambedkar
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
language
|
|
Developing arguments- debating | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
language
|
|
Developing arguments- debating | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
History
|
|
Dhauli By JayantaMahapatra | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
language
|
|
email writing | |
Unit-7 |
Teaching Hours:4 |
Social Media
|
|
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge by Ambrose Bierce | |
Unit-8 |
Teaching Hours:2 |
Social Media
|
|
Truth in the time of Social Media' by Girish Balachandran | |
Text Books And Reference Books: ENGlogue 1 | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading teacher manual and worksheets that teachers would provide. Listening skills worksheets. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA1- 20 MSE-50 CIA3- 20 ESE- 50 | |
EST151 - COMPARATIVE PHILOSOPHY: DARSANA AND PHILOSOPHY (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This paper is a short introduction to the Indo-Western philosophical traditions with the aim of setting into an interweaving motion the dialogic and contemplative. Its purpose is not merely to discern and register similarities and differences between the two traditions, but more importantly to open a dialogic space in the intersection of their central concerns.
Course Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
1: Students will be able to develop a better understanding of the Self and the world through an empathetic reading of philosophers, philosophies and contexts. 2: Students will be able to understand Philosophy as a discipline better through an acute awareness of the various disciplinary currents and crosscurrents. 3: Students will be able to think originally with an acute awareness of various schools of thought 4: Students will be able to demonstrate mature abilities of interpretation, discrimination and synthesis through the course of this course. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Unit 2 - 20 Hours
|
|
Unit II 20 Hours Schools of Indian philosophy - Darsana This unit focuses on some of the important schools of Indian Philosophy.
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Unit 3 - 20 Hours
|
|
Unit III 20 Hours This unit attempts to briefly introduce some of the important currents and cross-currents in Western Philosophy.
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: Unit I 05 Hours Philosophy: An Introduction Key Questions and problems:
Tentative Texts:
Unit II 20 Hours Schools of Indian philosophy - Darsana This unit focuses on some of the important schools of Indian Philosophy.
Unit III 20 Hours This unit attempts to briefly introduce some of the important currents and cross-currents in Western Philosophy.
Tentative Additional Reading List:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation Pattern: CIA I: (20 Marks) The students have to submit an analytic essay on any of the thinkers/philosophers, philosophical schools, ideas and contexts of their choice. Parameters of Evaluation:
CIA II (20 Marks) The students have to record a two-minute audio on a philosophical concept/tradition of their choice and upload the same on the Google Classroom platform.
The students have to debate ideas that matter.
End-Semester Portfolio Submission (50 Marks) The students have to write a meditative essay in about 1000-2000 words pertaining to a philosophical idea/problem of their choice.
15-20 marks – if the answer bears no connection with the question and there is no conceptual clarity at all. 20-25 marks – if the answer is not precise, lacks conceptual clarity, ideas are not properly organized and is technically imperfect with grammatical mistakes and spelling errors. 25-30 marks – if the answer shows conceptual clarity but is not precise, is technically imperfect and fraught with grammatical mistakes and spelling errors. 30 - 35 marks – if the answer is precise, shows conceptual clarity and is grammatically and technically perfect, but ideas are not properly organized. 35-42 marks – if the answer is precise, shows conceptual clarity, ideas are properly organized and is technically perfect without grammatical mistakes and spelling errors. | |
EST152 - SKILLS FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course aspires to enable and equip learners with skills to develop, perform and exhibit professional skills and competencies in a formal setup of an organization. The course intends to make the ,earners familiar with situations that they may come across in a workspace and the skills to deal with them for professional success.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Understand and analyse the importance of professional skills CO2: Exhibit / Analyse and Correspond in professional environments CO3: Demonstrate adequate professional skills to better career advancement and growth
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
Professional Etiquette
|
|
Writing for Employment, Communication with Letters, E-mail and Memos, Clear Writing, Developing Reports and Proposals, Office Etiquette and manners, principles of work behaviour, Planning and Attending Meetings, Multicultural Etiquette, Professional Work ethics, Developing Interpersonal Skills, Dealing with Office politics, Planning and Managing careers | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Managing Communication
|
|
Importance of Communication, Understanding Verbal Communication, Informal Communication, Modes of Communication, Understanding and planning Communication (Why, who, how?), Making formal presentations, Listening Skills | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Problem Solving, Decision Making & Lateral Thinking
|
|
Identifying, Defining and finding solutions to problems, Critical Thinking, Group Discussions for Decision Making, Group Dynamics, Building teams, Leading Teams, Team roles and processes, Lateral Thinking | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 01· DuPont Kay, M. (2004). Business Etiquette & Professionalism. Crisp Publications 02. Butterfiled, Jeff. (2014). Soft Skills for Everyone. Cengage Learning India Private Limited. 03. Adair, John. (1986). Effective Teambuilding. Rupa paperback 04. Sloane, Paul. (2017). The Leader’s Guide to Lateral Thinking Skills, Kogan Page
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 01. Bock, Laszlo.(2016). Work rules. John Murray. 02. Richardson, Tim. (2015). The Responsible Leader. Kogan Page. 03. Murray, Kevin. (20120. The Language of Leaders. Kogan Page.
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 -20 CIA 2 - 20 Final Submission - 50 Students will be given assignments periodically and these assignments will be task based and activity oriented. Based on the discussions / inputs given in the class, studenst will have to perform / produce / create / analyse / situations, materials, portfolios, research artcicles, case studies etc depending on the contents of the syllabus Students will be given scores based on the quality of their performance, content, timely submissions, and quality of work submitted or produced. | |
EST153 - PARTITION NARRATIVES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: Partition is a significant and recurring theme in the history of many nations. It represents not just a division of land but also a rupture in the lives of people, impacting their identities, cultures, and relationships. Through a diverse selection of literature, this course seeks to examine the complex, multifaceted, and often painful narratives that emerge from partition events around the world. It is an engaging and thought-provoking exploration of literary works that delve into the multifaceted and often traumatic experiences of partition in various countries. This course delves into the human, emotional, and societal consequences of dividing nations and communities, providing a comprehensive view of this historical phenomenon. The course will journey into different regions (with a focus on Indian Partition), exploring literary responses to partition, both in the form of creative works such as novels, short stories, and poetry, as well as critical essays that provide theoretical frameworks for understanding these narratives. Course Objectives: CO1: To develop a nuanced understanding of the historical, cultural, and human dimensions of partition through the study of literature from various affected countries. CO2: To analyze and critically engage with the ways in which literature serves as a medium for reflecting the impact of partition on individuals and societies. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the complex historical, social, and cultural contexts of partition in various countries. CO2: Students will be able to critically analyze and interpret literary works that explore the emotional, psychological, and societal ramifications of partition. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
Unit 1 - Introduction
|
|
Introduction to Partition and connected themes - Identity and Belonging, Displacement and Migration, Violence and Trauma, Loss and Grief, Family and Relationships, Nationalism and Politics, Cultural and Social Changes, Memory and Remembrance, Reconciliation and Healing, Borders and Geopolitics, Nation-Building, Resistance and Resilience | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Unit 2 - Short Stories
|
|
“Toba Tek Singh” – Saadat Hasan Manto “Cranes” – Hwang Sun-Won “East-West Tale of a Sundered City” – Jill Smolove (non-fiction) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Unit 3 - Visual/Audio Text
|
|
Earth – Deepa Mehta (movie) “Dekh Tere Sansaar ki Haalat kya ho gayi Bhagwan”- Nastik – Pradeep (song) The Migration Series – Jacob Lawrence (select paintings) | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit 4 - Poetry
|
|
“Blind Smoke” – Arjan ‘Shad’ Mirchandani “To Waris Shah” – Amrita Pritam “Migrations” – Keki Daruwalla “Neither an Elegey nor a Manifesto” – John Hewitt “A Poem that Came Easily” - Yun Tongju | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
Unit 5 - Critical Works
|
|
"Sri Lanka: The Last Phase in Eelam War IV" - SinhaRaja Tammita-Delgoda (Case-study) Introduction to Remembering Partition: Violence, Nationalism, and History - Gyanendra Pandey “Berlin Wall anniversary: Stories from the wall from those who remember” – BBC (video) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Lynch, Robert. The Partition of Ireland 1918-1925. Cambridge, United Kingdom, Cambridge University Press, 2019. Anindya Raychaudhuri. Narrating South Asian Partition : Oral History, Literature, Cinema. New York, Ny, Oxford University Press, 2019. Pandey, Gyanendra. "Remembering Partition: Violence, Nationalism, and History." Modern Asian Studies, vol. 31, no. 3, 1997, pp. 763-810. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Bhalla, Alok. “Memory, History and Fictional Representations of the Partition.” Economic and Political Weekly, vol. 34, no. 44, 1999, pp. 3119–28. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/4408572. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023. Demick, Barbara. Nothing to Envy: Ordinary Lives in North Korea. Spiegel & Grau, 2009. Khan, Yasmin. The Great Partition: The Making of India and Pakistan. Yale University Press, 2007. Laffan, Michael. "The Partition of Ireland: 1911-25." Irish Historical Studies, vol. 36, no. 141, 2008, pp. 36-54. Nico Medina, What was the Berlin Wall. Penguin Books, 2019. Puri, Kavita, editor. Partition Voices: Untold British Stories, Bloomsbury Publishing, 2019. Rushdie, Salman. Midnight's Children. Random House, 1981. Schneider, Peter. The Wall Jumper. University of Chicago Press, 1983. Sen, Sanghita and Neeta Gupta, editors. Partition: Stories of Separation. HarperCollins India, 2017. Sidhwa, Bapsi. Ice-Candy Man. Penguin Books, 1991. Singh, Khushwant. Train to Pakistan. Penguin Books, 2008. Taylor, Frederick. The Berlin Wall: A World Divided, 1961-1989. Harper, 2006. Partition Museum - The Partition Museum Un-Divided Identities: Unknown Stories of the Partition | Retihaas| ReReeti BBC Radio 4 - Partition Voices
| |
Evaluation Pattern Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) CIA I – 20 Marks Creative Writing – Partition Memoir – Write a fictional memoir/journal entries/short story from the perspective of someone who has lived through any historical partition CIA II (Mid Semester) – 20 Marks 1. Partition and Popular Culture – Group presentation These are suggested examples of CIAs. However, during the course of teaching, there could be other suggestions, and CIAs could be slightly modified based on class dynamics and caliber of students. End Semester Project – 50 Marks Partition-inspired/themed Visual Art or Multimedia Project: Choose a partition event or theme and create a visual art piece or multimedia project (video, photography exhibit, or digital storyboard) that conveys the impact of partition.
| |
EST155 - FORENSIC LINGUISTICS THROUGH CASE STUDIES (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course attempts to showcase the potential of language in aiding judicial proceedings and crime investigations through case studies. This course introduces Forensic Linguistics by providing definitions, overview, and methods of analysis through close reading and analysis of the case studies.
CO1 – To create an understanding of how the knowledge of linguistics can be applied to crime investigations, jurisdictions, and law enforcement.
CO2 –To generate informed discussions on language sciences concerning interdisciplinary studies. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will be able to understand the potential of language in the preview of law, crime, and investigation.
CO2: Students will be able to understand the role of an expert in forensic linguistics.
CO3: Students will be able to identify the different types of linguistic data used as evidence. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Introduction to Forensic Linguistics & phonetics
|
|
This unit will provide an introduction to forensic linguistics and phonetics. | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
An Overview of Forensic LInguistics
|
|
This unit will discuss the emergence of forensic linguistics and phonetics. | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Methods and Test Materials
|
|
The data and methods that are used in the process of linguistic and phonetic analysis are discussed. | |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
Branches of Forensic Linguistics
|
|
This unit provides a detailed list and description of various branches of forensic linguistics and forensic phonetics | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Earnest Miranda
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
The Lindberg Kidnapping
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Derek Bentley
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Paul Prinzivalli
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Unabomber
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
The Yorkshire Ripper
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Kurt Cobain suicide letters
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:16 |
Timothy John Evans
|
|
A case study in detail. (background, people involved, data, analysis of data, approaches, and findings) | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Language Crime
|
|
This unit discusses various language-related crimes from real-life scenarios. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Language and Law
|
|
This unit explores the interrelatedness between Law and Language. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Discourse Analysis
|
|
This unit will focus on the examination and analysis of written and spoken language in a forensic linguistic context. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Baldwin, J., & French, P. (1990). Forensic phonetics. Pinter. Coulthard, M., & Johnson, A. (2017). An introduction to forensic linguistics : language in evidence. Routledge. Olsson, J. (2008). Forensic Linguistics. Bloomsbury Publishing. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Behrens, S. J., & Parker, J. A. (2010). Language in the Real World. Routledge. Hollien, H. (2001). Forensic speaker identification. Apuk. Hollien, H. (2013). The Acoustics of Crime. Springer Science & Business Media.
| |
Evaluation Pattern
CIA I In-class or take-home assignments (20 marks)
CIA II Case study and analysis (500-700 words write-up/presentation) (20 marks)
CIA – III Group projecton discourse analysis (50 marks)
| |
EST156 - RETELLING OF EPICS IN INDIAN LITERATURE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description This course will explore the diverse traditions of Indian epics through retellings in Indian literature and other art forms well into the twenty-first century. The primary interest will be understanding the social, cultural, and political stakes attached to individual retellings of each epic. We will also engage with the new adaptations of the epics like Indian television serials, film versions and invocations of the epic stories in contemporary art and culture. Students will gain exposure to the diversified social structures in India that these stories reproduce, as well as resistance to those structures. Course Objectives CO1 To demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the major Indian epics and their historical and cultural significance. CO2 To critically analyse and compare multiple retellings of Indian epics in different literary forms, such as prose, poetry, drama, and visual media, highlighting variations in themes, interpretations, and artistic choices. CO3 To place these epics within the broader cultural and historical context of India, considering how they have influenced and been influenced by various aspects of Indian society, including religion, philosophy, art, and politics. CO4 To apply their knowledge by creating their creative adaptations of Indian epics. This includes writing, performance, or other forms of artistic expression that reflect an in-depth understanding of the source material.
CO5 To engage in critical discourse by participating in class discussions, presenting research findings, and writing essays demonstrating their ability to analyse, interpret, and critically evaluate retellings of Indian epics while considering their cultural and literary implications. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will gain a deeper understanding of Indian culture, traditions, and values as they explore the retelling of epics. They will recognise the importance of these narratives in shaping Indian identity and societal norms. CO2: By critically examining various retellings of Indian epics, students will develop advanced literary analysis skills, enabling them to dissect complex narratives, themes, and stylistic elements in both classical and contemporary literature. CO3: Students will acquire an interdisciplinary perspective by connecting the retellings of Indian epics to fields such as history, philosophy, religion, and sociology. They will appreciate how these narratives have influenced and been influenced by multiple aspects of Indian society. CO4: Through creating their retellings of Indian epics, students will demonstrate proficiency in adapting and reimagining classical narratives in a culturally sensitive and creative manner. CO5: Students will develop critical thinking skills as they engage in discussions and produce written assignments that require them to reflect on the diverse interpretations and adaptations of Indian epics. They will learn to express their ideas and arguments coherently and persuasively. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Essays
|
|
Rohit Sharma: “The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics” (National) A.K. Ramanujan: “Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation” (Regional) Pradip Bhattacharya: “The Mahabharata on Screen” (National) (Skill Development) Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under” (National)
Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” (National) | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Literary Texts
|
|
Toru Dutt: “Lakshamana” (Poem) (National) Sreekantan Nair: “Kanchana Sita” (Play) (Regional) (Skill Development)
M.T. Vasudevan Nair: “Bhima Lone Warrior” (Novel) (Regional) | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Visual Media
|
|
Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) (National) Ravi Chopra:“Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) (National) Peter Stephen Paul Brook:“The Mahabharata” (Play) (Global) (Skill Development) G.Aravindan: “Kanchana Sita” (Film) (Regional) (Skill Development)
Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” (The Slaying of Baka) (Kathakali) (Regional) | |
Text Books And Reference Books: · Sharma, Rohit. “The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics.” Indian Literature, vol. 60, no. 2 (292), 2016, pp. 147–58. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/44478971. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023. · Ramanujan, A K. "Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation." The Collected Essays of A K Ramanujan. Ed. Vinay Dharwadker. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999. Print, pp 131-60. · Pradip Bhattacharya. “The Mahabharata on Screen” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions,Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 247-270. · Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions, Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 185-220. · Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue45/shejale.html · Dutt, Toru. “Ancient Ballads and Legends of Hindustan”. 1882. Open Knowledge Foundation Network, India, 2013, https://in.okfn.org/files/2013/07/Ancient-Ballads-and-Legends-of-Hindustan.pdf. · Nair, Sreekantan, &Joseph, Sara. (2005). “Retelling the Ramayana: Voices from Kerala: “Kanchana Sita” &’ Five Ramayana Stories”. OUP India. · Nair, M. T. “Bhima Lone Warrior.” Harper Collins, 2013. · Ravi Chopra: “Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnXkv_ozPQw&list=PLa6CHPhFNfadNcnVZRXa6csHL5sFdkwmV · Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIh99bkSc_w&list=PL-nbe4FPvDBElyW0Iww5suxJqqmuGBgIH&index=3 · Peter Stephen Paul Brook: “The Mahabharata https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Peter+Stephen+Paul+Brook%3A+%E2%80%9CThe+Mahabharata · Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTR1nbhLPzE&t=11491s · G.Aravindan, Kanchanasita (film), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d2m9n0aKgn4 · Karve, Irawati.Yuganta: The End of an Epoch. Mumbai: Orient Blackswan, 2008. Print. · Mukherjee, Meenakshi. “Epic and Novel in India.” The Novel: Volume 1 History, Geography and Culture. Ed. Franco Moretti. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2006. 596-631. Print. · Weimann, Robert. “History, Appropiation, and the Uses of Representation in Modern Narrative.” The Aims of Representation: Subject/Text/History. Ed. Murray Krieger. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1987. 175-215. Print. · Chandra, Rai Govind. 1996.Indian Symbolism. Symbols as Sources of our Customs and Beliefs. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. · Cooper, J.C. 1978. An Encyclopedia of Traditional Symbols. London: Thames and Hudson. · Dutt, Romesh Chander. 1961.The Ramayana and Mahabharata. London: J.M. Dent and Sons. · Ganguli, Kisari Mohan, trans. 2008. The Mahabharata. Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal · Kosambi, D D. 1983. Myth and Reality: Studies in the formation of Indian Culture. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. (1962) · Levi- Strauss, Claude. 1995. Myth and Meaning: Cracking the Code of Culture. Foreword by Wendy Doniger. New York: Schocken Books. (1979). · Segal, Robert. 2012.Myth: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP. (2004). · Frye, Northrop. 1976.Spiritus Mundi: Essays on Literature, Myth and Society. Bloomington: Indiana UP. · Paula Richman, Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in India. Oxford University Press. 1997. · Satchidanandan, K. (2003). Myth in Contemporary Indian Literature. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. · Abhichandani, Param, (2005) Encyclopedia of Indian Literature 6, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. · Agrawal, K. A. (2000) Indian Writing In English, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers Ltd.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · Sharma, Rohit. “The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics.” Indian Literature, vol. 60, no. 2 (292), 2016, pp. 147–58. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/44478971. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023. · Ramanujan, A K. "Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation." The Collected Essays of A K Ramanujan. Ed. Vinay Dharwadker. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999. Print, pp 131-60. · Pradip Bhattacharya. “The Mahabharata on Screen” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions,Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 247-270. · Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions, Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 185-220. · Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue45/shejale.html · Dutt, Toru. “Ancient Ballads and Legends of Hindustan”. 1882. Open Knowledge Foundation Network, India, 2013, https://in.okfn.org/files/2013/07/Ancient-Ballads-and-Legends-of-Hindustan.pdf. · Nair, Sreekantan, &Joseph, Sara. (2005). “Retelling the Ramayana: Voices from Kerala: “Kanchana Sita” &’ Five Ramayana Stories”. OUP India. · Nair, M. T. “Bhima Lone Warrior.” Harper Collins, 2013. · Ravi Chopra: “Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnXkv_ozPQw&list=PLa6CHPhFNfadNcnVZRXa6csHL5sFdkwmV · Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIh99bkSc_w&list=PL-nbe4FPvDBElyW0Iww5suxJqqmuGBgIH&index=3 · Peter Stephen Paul Brook: “The Mahabharata https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Peter+Stephen+Paul+Brook%3A+%E2%80%9CThe+Mahabharata · Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTR1nbhLPzE&t=11491s · G.Aravindan, Kanchanasita (film), https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d2m9n0aKgn4 · Karve, Irawati.Yuganta: The End of an Epoch. Mumbai: Orient Blackswan, 2008. Print. · Mukherjee, Meenakshi. “Epic and Novel in India.” The Novel: Volume 1 History, Geography and Culture. Ed. Franco Moretti. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2006. 596-631. Print. · Weimann, Robert. “History, Appropiation, and the Uses of Representation in Modern Narrative.” The Aims of Representation: Subject/Text/History. Ed. Murray Krieger. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1987. 175-215. Print. · Chandra, Rai Govind. 1996.Indian Symbolism. Symbols as Sources of our Customs and Beliefs. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal. · Cooper, J.C. 1978. An Encyclopedia of Traditional Symbols. London: Thames and Hudson. · Dutt, Romesh Chander. 1961.The Ramayana and Mahabharata. London: J.M. Dent and Sons. · Ganguli, Kisari Mohan, trans. 2008. The Mahabharata. Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal · Kosambi, D D. 1983. Myth and Reality: Studies in the formation of Indian Culture. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. (1962) · Levi- Strauss, Claude. 1995. Myth and Meaning: Cracking the Code of Culture. Foreword by Wendy Doniger. New York: Schocken Books. (1979). · Segal, Robert. 2012.Myth: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP. (2004). · Frye, Northrop. 1976.Spiritus Mundi: Essays on Literature, Myth and Society. Bloomington: Indiana UP. · Paula Richman, Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in India. Oxford University Press. 1997. · Satchidanandan, K. (2003). Myth in Contemporary Indian Literature. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. · Abhichandani, Param, (2005) Encyclopedia of Indian Literature 6, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi. · Agrawal, K. A. (2000) Indian Writing In English, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers Ltd.
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I: The student will be asked to submit a proposal for a descriptive essay on any local art form, which is a retelling of an epic. The student should have completed a pilot study of the chosen field. It will be evaluated on the selection of the art form and the rationale of the study (20 marks). CIA II: The student is required to submit a draft, which will include literature review and the uniqueness of the study. (20 marks)
CIA III: Submission of the final essay (50 Marks) | |
LAW146 - LAW AND PRACTICE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course Description: A clear understudying of the intellectual property system has, therefore, become a necessity for all those associated with creative and innovative endeavor from policy makers, business executives to educators as well as artists and inventors themselves. This course seeks to provide a foundation for students to understand the enormous potential and power of IP and regulatory framework in India. The major objectives of the course are to(i) To understand the niceties and complexities of the global intellectual property system and the challenges it poses to India in terms of compliance to global standards of IP protection (ii) To identify IP as an effective policy tool for national, economic, social and cultural development, especially through the use of limitations and exceptions to monopoly rights and (iii) To equip students with the knowledge of the procedural and substantive IP system in India.
Course Objectives: To identify the conventional and non-conventional forms of intellectual property rights and to understand the basic differences between them. To comprehend the theoretical underpinnings of intellectual property rights protection. To understand the international instruments related to intellectual property rights protection. To equip students with the knowledge of the procedural and substantive IP system in India. To identify the limitations and exceptions to these monopoly rights. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Identify the different forms of intellectual property and describe the
importance of protection of IP. CO2: Understand the essential requirements of IP protection, duration, rights conferred and remedies provided. CO3: Apply the principles of IP protection to legal problems correctly. CO4: Analyze the issues related to infringement of IP. CO5: Draft legal instruments pertaining to registration and transfer of IP.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
Concept of Property, Nature and philosophy of Intellectual property, Evolution of IP law in India and implications of TRIPS, Types of IP | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
COPYRIGHT
|
|
Copyright basics, Neighboring rights and digital copyright, Protection and remedies for infringement | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
PATENTS
|
|
Patents – evolution, Criteria for Patentability, rights of patentee and application for international patent under PCT | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
TRADEMARKS
|
|
Trademark, service mark, registration, renewal and enforcement, passing off, Geographical indications | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
TRADE SECRETS
|
|
Trade secrets, common law protection , TRIPS obligation | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
OTHER IPRS
|
|
Industrial designs, Plant varieties, rights of indigenous people, Biological diversity | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Intellectual Property Rights: Text and Cases by Anil Kumar, Vandana Year of Publication: 2019 Publisher: Pearson Education India
Cases and Materials on Intellectual Property by William Cornish, David Llewelyn, and Tanya Aplin Year of Publication: 2019 Publisher: Sweet & Maxwell
Intellectual Property: Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks & Allied Rights by N.S. Gopalakrishnan Year of Publication: 2019 Publisher: Eastern Book Company
Intellectual Property: Text and Essential Cases by Tanya Aplin, Jennifer Davis Year of Publication: 2018 Publisher: Oxford University Press | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Global Intellectual Property Law by Graham Dutfield Year of Publication: 2021 Publisher: Edward Elgar Publishing
Intellectual Property Law: Text, Cases, and Materials by Tanya Aplin, Jennifer Davis, and Simon Kiddle Year of Publication: 2020 Publisher: Oxford University Press
Intellectual Property: A Very Short Introduction by Siva Vaidhyanathan Year of Publication: 2017 Publisher: Oxford University Press
Intellectual Property Rights and Innovation in the Fourth Industrial Revolution by Carlos M. Correa Year of Publication: 2020 Publisher: Cambridge University Press
Intellectual Property Rights: Legal and Economic Challenges for Development by Mario Cimoli, Giovanni Dosi, and Keith E. Maskus Year of Publication: 2014 Publisher: Oxford University Press
The Oxford Handbook of Intellectual Property Law by Rochelle C. Dreyfuss and Justine Pila Year of Publication: 2020 Publisher: Oxford University Press | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I - 20% CIA II - Mid Semester Examination - 50% CIA III - 20% | |
LAW147 - CORPORATE LAW (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course covers various aspects of The Companies Act, 2013 relating to formation of companies, documentation of companies, types of capital, issue of shares, transfer and transmission of shares, management of company, statutory meetings and provisions relating to meetings, winding up of a company and other latest amendments of the Act. As a prerequisite, students should have basic knowledge about different organization structures and also the concept of a Company (Public and Private).
Course Learning Objective: The objective of the course is to impart students the basic knowledge of the regulatory framework of companies with reference to various provisions of Companies Act 2013 there under including case laws. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate comprehensive and understanding of those areas of the concept of the
Companies (Private and Public) and its inherent characteristics that makes it different from other forms of organizations. CO2: Discuss the various legal and regulatory rules about the genesis of a company, shareholders, directors, documents etc. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit 1: Introduction
|
|
Company and its Characteristics; types of companies including one-person company, small company and dormant company; association not for profit; illegal association and Limited Liability Partnership (LLP); formation of company and LLP, on-line filing of documents, promoters, their legal position, pre-incorporation contract; on-line registration of a company; Administration of Company Law [including National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT), Special Courts]. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 2: Documents
|
|
Memorandum of association and its contents; Articles of association and its contents; prospectus and its types; Misstatement in prospectus; Types of issue of shares for Public and Private companies, allotment and forfeiture of share, Transfer and Transmission of shares; Member and their rights; Doctrine of constructive notice and indoor management. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 3: Management
|
|
Management: Director and its Classification including Women directors, Independent director, Small shareholder’s director; Disqualifications, Director Identification Number (DIN); Their appointment; Legal positions, powers and duties; removal of directors; Key Managerial Personnel. Meetings: Meetings of shareholders and board; Types of meeting, convening and conduct of meetings, Quorum, Agenda, proxy forms, Minutes book and Voting Methods including postal ballot, Circular Resolution, e-voting; Committees of Board of Directors - Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, Grievance Redressal Committee. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit 4: Winding Up
|
|
Insider Trading, Whistle Blowing: Insider Trading; meaning & legal provisions; Whistle blowing: Concept and Mechanism- Insolvency code. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Kapoor, N.D. (2012). Company Law & Secretarial Practice (13th ed.). New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Company Law Study Material – Institute of Company Secretaries of India 2. MC Kuchhal.(2013) Modern Indian Company Law. Delhi:ShriMahavir Book Depot (Publishers) 3. GK Kapoor and Sanjay Dhamija. (2014) Company Law. Delhi. Bharat Law House 4. Anil Kumar. (2013) CorporateLaw.Delhi: Indian Book House 5. ReenaChadha and SumantChadha (2014).CorporateLaws.Delhi: Scholar Tech Press 6. Avtar Singh.(2014) Introduction to Company Law.Eastern Book Company | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I: 20 Marks CIA II: 20 Marks CIA III: 50 Marks Attendance: 10 Marks | |
LAW148 - LEGAL DIMENSIONS OF MARKETING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
21st century is certainly an age of advertisements and consequent consumerism. Advertisements have occupied a large chunk of the daily lives of people, and are considered to be the major crowd-pullers for any marketing manager. Virtually, everything under the sky-- from pin to parenthood-- is within the grip of a marketing technique namely advertisements. However, with this shift in marketing strategy, complications in industry have also raised manifold. Many a time, the seemingly simple situations land up in legal disputes of vast ramifications. Hence, this Course is designed to address the various legal aspects that may arise out of marketing strategies pursued by managers. Issues pertaining to contracts, product liability, competition practices are dealt with, and legal aspects of marketing of various products and services are discussed. Course Objective of this course are – 1. To give an understanding on the concept of Marketing vis-à-vis constitutional law 2.To explain requirement of contract law in marketing 3.To give an overview of law relating to protection Consumer and product liability 4.To familiarize students with law relating competition in marketing
5. To acquaint students with various laws for the prohibition and regulation of advertisement of products and services |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Explain general concept of marketing and also constitutional foundation of the same CO2 : Describe existing contractual requirements in marketing CO3: Assess the nature of law relating to consumer and product liability
CO4: Evaluate the concerns of competition law relating to marketing CO5: Analyze the laws which permits advertisements of certain products and services |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||||||
Unit 1
|
|||||||||||||
Introduction
Marketing's brush with law; expanding role of marketing managers; Freedom to advertise – Constitutional framework | |||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||||||
Unit 2
|
|||||||||||||
Contracts
Fundamental Principles of Contract – Offer, acceptance, Consideration, Free Consent, Capacity of the parties. Specific Contracts - Dealership agreements; Principal and agency relationship; Legal requirements | |||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||||||
Unit 3
|
|||||||||||||
Consumer and Product Liability | |||||||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||||||
Unit 4
|
|||||||||||||
Legal Aspects of Competition
Introduction; Anti-competitive agreements; Abuse of dominant position under Competition Law | |||||||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||||||
Unit 5
|
|||||||||||||
Other marketing Issues
Role of ASCI, Products and services banned from advertisements, Regulation of advertisement of Professions | |||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: PRINCIPLESOF MARKETING, by Kotler, Philip
Indian Constitutional Law by J.N.Pandey Facets of Media Law by Madhavi Goradia Diwan Indian Contract act by Avtar Sing
Consumer Protection Act, by Avtar Sing Competition law in India: Policy, Issue and development | |||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Competition law in India: Policy, Issue and development | |||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||||||
LAW149 - LEGAL ASPECTS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch) | |||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||||||
Human resource management encompasses a wide range of responsibilities and functions within an organization. In order to practically avoid mistakes several HR managers makes due to limited knowledge of their legal responsibility. This course is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the legal framework governing human resources management. The course will explore key statutes, regulations, and case law that impact various aspects of HR functions. From the above premise, The course is divided into six (6) units: Unit 1 deals with overview of the historical development of labour laws in India and understanding the constitutional and statutory foundations of labour laws. Unit 2 willdeals illuminate the legal issues involved in strikes and lockouts. Unit 3deals on HR Contracts and Policies align with Labour Law and contract law. Unit 4 will provide the understanding of the Right and duties of the trade unions. Unit 5 covers sexual harassment and discrimination on the work place and how HR plays a huge role in dealing with this challenges. Unit 6 will make the students understand the resolution process in an industrial conflict as well as alternative dispute resolution mechanisms. |
|||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||||||
CO1: Identify and describe the concept of labour law and its implication on HR role CO2: Apply the concepts in the present socio legal scenario CO3: Analyse the judicial pronouncements and their effectiveness. C04: Evaluate the current labour legislations and analyse it in accordance with the existing labour issues. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||
General Introduction
|
|||||||||
Historical evolution of labour laws in India; constitutional and statutory foundations; Understanding the legal implications of the HR function. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||
Introduction of Strikes and Lock-outs
|
|||||||||
Reasons for Strikes and Lock-outs; Ramifications; Legal Issues involved Strikes and Lock-out. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:3 |
||||||||
Ensure HR Contracts and Policies align with Labour Law and contract law:
|
|||||||||
Introduction :standing order; manifestations of misconduct and Principles of natural justice; Introduction : The legal procedures to follow when trying to dismiss an employee who is incompetent or underperforming. | |||||||||
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Introduction: Evolution of trade unionism
|
|||||||||
Collective Bargaining; Rights and immunities of trade unions; Impact of trade unions on Indian industries. | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Lay-off, Retrenchment and Closure
|
|||||||||
Introduction - Legal Provisions; Employment ;Unfair labour practices | |||||||||
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Defining the forms of Harassment and Discrimination
|
|||||||||
Introduction of Sexual Harassment (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013) and Article 25(2) of the Indian Constitution on discrimination. | |||||||||
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:6 |
||||||||
Resolution of Industrial conflicts
|
|||||||||
Introduction; Conciliation; Arbitration; Adjudication | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: - Richard Mitchell, Petra Mahy & Peter Gahan, The Evolution of Labour Law in India: An Overview and Commentary on Regulatory Objectives and Development - Labour and Industrial Law by H.L.Kumar - Administrative Law, by IP Massey - Industrial Jurisprudence: A Critical Commentary by Dr EM Rao | |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
LAW150C - CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND HUMAN RIGHTS (2023 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Corporate Social Responsibility or CSR, as it is popularly referred to, is a combination of ethical, philanthropic, legal and economic responsibilities of a corporate organization towards the social transformation by addressing the social issues in collaboration with Government and NGOs. The corporate entities are more into profit making business and in this race, they often forget that their activities are causing harm to and not protecting the environment as well as human rights of the people. This course, thus, has been specifically designed for the non-law people. It aims to address the linkages between the corporate and the human rights in the form of CSR. It critically analyses one significant question – whether the issues of human rights should be addressed by the corporate sector mandatorily or voluntarily, in different social contexts? The strengths and weaknesses of the CSR initiatives in India and other countries are analysed. Also, the international commitments, with special reference to the role of United Nations are seen. |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
CO1: The students will be able to understand the meaning and origin of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and human rights and establish the linkage between the two. CO2: The students will be able to understand the legal regime of CSR in India and its impact on protection of human rights. CO3: The students will be able to analyze the CSR initiatives in India and the International commitments thereof, with special reference to the role played by the UN. CO4: The students will be able to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the CSR initiatives in terms of promotion of Human rights, in India as well as globally. CO5: The students will be able to suggest the various ways and methods to eliminate the lacunas or at least improve the CSR initiatives for better protection of human rights in India and globally as well. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
INTRODUCTION
|
|
Meaning and origin of CSR; Meaning of human rights; Linkage between human rights and CSR | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
INDIA AND OTHER COUNTRIES
|
|
CSR by companies in India affecting human rights; CSR and the provisions of the Companies Bill, 2012; CSR by companies in other countries affecting human rights | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
INTERNATIONAL LEGAL REGIME
|
|
United Nations commitments on CSR relating to human rights; other international commitments on CSR affecting human rights | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
CONTEMPORARY POSITION
|
|
Strengths and weakness of CSR in terms of promotion of human rights in India as well as globally | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:9 |
RECOMMENDATIONS
|
|
Suggestions to improve upon the weaknesses of the CSR for the protection of human rights | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. Corporate Social Responsibility: Doing the Most Good for Your Company and Your Cause by Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee2. Who’s Responsible for Corporate Social Responsibility? By Christine Bader3. Making Sustainability Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social, Environmental and Economic Impacts by Marc J. Epstein and Adriana Rejc Buhovac4. Social-Impact Efforts That Create Real Value by George Serafeim5. Corporate Social and Human Rights Responsibilities- Global, Legal and Management Perspectives by Karin Buhmann, Lynn Roseberry and Mette Morsing6. Corporate Social Responsibility in India by Sanjay Kr. Agarwal7. Human Rights and Indian CSR Laws by Dr. Commander Bhushan Dewan8. Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 19489. Constitution of India, 195010. Companies Act (Including all recent amendments) | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. Corporate Social Responsibility: Doing the Most Good for Your Company and Your Cause by Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee2. Who’s Responsible for Corporate Social Responsibility? By Christine Bader3. Making Sustainability Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social, Environmental and Economic Impacts by Marc J. Epstein and Adriana Rejc Buhovac4. Social-Impact Efforts That Create Real Value by George Serafeim5. Corporate Social and Human Rights Responsibilities- Global, Legal and Management Perspectives by Karin Buhmann, Lynn Roseberry and Mette Morsing6. Corporate Social Responsibility in India by Sanjay Kr. Agarwal7. Human Rights and Indian CSR Laws by Dr. Commander Bhushan Dewan8. Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 19489. Constitution of India, 195010. Companies Act (Including all recent amendments) | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA I - 25% CIA II - 25% CIA III -50% | |
MAT143 - MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
Course description: This course aims as an add-on course for the students in reaching a level of increased competence in economics and business. It is designed for students who have a basic mathematical background. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through common economics and business problems. Topics included are Functions of one variable, Calculus and its application in economics, Limits, Maxima and minima etc. Course objectives: This course will help the learner to COBJ 1: Intended to increase the use of mathematical methods in Economics and Business. COBJ 2: To get working knowledge on limits, concavity convexity and points of inflection. COBJ 3: Learn Differentiation, Partial differentiation and its basic applications in Economics and Business. COBJ 4: Study the concepts of increasing and decreasing functions, maxima and minima, and find its applications through functions familiar in Economics and Business.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate working knowledge on limits, concavity convexity and points of inflection and its uses in Economics and Business. CO2: Use Differentiation and Partial differentiation in Economics and Business. CO3: Study the concepts of increasing and decreasing functions, maxima and minima, and find its applications through functions familiar in Economics and Business. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Functions of one variable
|
|
Set Theory, Set Operations, Venn Diagrams, Functions of One real variables, The Domain and Range, Graphs, Graphs of Equations in two variables, Distance formula, circles, Shifting Graphs, Finding slopes, Linear Models, The consumption function, Graphical Solutions of Linear Equations, Polynomials, powers and exponentials, Power and rational functions, Graph of power function, Compound interest. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Calculus and its Applications
|
|
Meaning of derivatives, rules of differentiation, standard results. Rate of change and their Economic Significance, Limits, Maxima and Minima, concavity, convexity and points of inflection, elasticity of demand, Price elasticity of demand. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Integration and functions of two or more variables
|
|
Meaning, rules of integration, standard results, Integration by parts, definite integration, Integration by substitution, Marginal cost, marginal revenue, Consumer’s surplus, producer’s surplus, consumer’s surplus under pure competition, consumer’s surplus under monopoly. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 1. K. Sydsaeter, Peter J. Hammond: Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Pearson, 1995. 2. T. Yamane, Mathematics for Economists, An Elementary Survey, PHI, New Delhi.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading 1. V. K. Kapoor, Problems and solutions in Business Mathematics, Sulthan Chand & Sons, Educational Publishers, New Delhi. 2. A. C. Chiang and K. Wainwright, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005. 3. M. George, Thomaskutty, A Text Book of Mathematical Economics, Discovery Publishers, New Delhi. 4. E. Don and J. J. Lerner, Schaum’s outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, 2010. | |
Evaluation Pattern This course is completely depending upon the CIAs, which will be evaluated through assignments and tests/examinations. The component-wise evaluation pattern is given below | |
MED148 - LANGUAGE OF CINEMA: A VISUAL APPROACH (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
As an art form, cinema possesses a language all its own—a language that transcends cultural boundaries and speaks to the universal human experience. From the evocative power of lighting to the rhythm of editing, every decision made by filmmakers contributes to the creation of meaning and emotion. Throughout this course, we will examine iconic films, analyze groundbreaking techniques, and decode the symbolism that enriches cinematic narratives. Whether you are an aspiring filmmaker, a film enthusiast, or someone eager to gain a deeper understanding of the stories unfolding on the silver screen, "The Language of Cinema" is designed to equip you with the tools to appreciate and critically engage with the diverse and dynamic world of filmmaking. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Develop a comprehensive understanding of visual language and enhance visual literary CO2: Understand how filmmakers employ visual elements along with non-visual elements CO3: Sense the importance of cinematography and editing in visual narration CO4: Develop critical thinking skills in deconstructing a films CO5: Apply cinematic aesthetics in diverse creative expressions |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Deconstructing visual language
|
|
Invention of camera, video camera, Narrative development and technological shifts; Composition Techniques-Application of diverse compositions in narration Camera experiments-Russian montage, Mainstream Hollywood practice, Mainstream Indian practice, Diverse and Melodramatic, Dogma 95; Movements, Appeal of reality visual construction in Indian parallel films. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Cinematic experiments
|
|
Varying focal-length, focus, aspect ratio, Lens, Shooting styles: Found footage, Single shot films, Film’s speed, PoV vs Subjective, Documentary style (Cinema Verite), Aerial view, Virtual reality, camera for green screen. Visual construction in Television, social media and web-series. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Visual Politics-Inclusion and exclusion
|
|
Framing, Framing techniques, Lighting technique, Camera script vs Shooting script, Front and backdrop for a visual, Reconstruction of Male gaze, portrayal of vulnerable, weaker and stronger characteristics, Replacing talent, camera for graphics. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: 5 C’s of Cinematography, Joseph V. Mascelli, Silman-James Press | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading · Cinematography: Theory and Practice: Image Making for Cinematographers and Directors by Blain Brown, Taylor and Francis · Film Lighting Talks with Hollywood's Cinematographers and Gaffers by Kris Malkiewicz, Touchstone · The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age, Steven Ascher, Edward Pincus, Plume. | |
Evaluation Pattern Written exam and submission | |
MED150 - ARTS APPROACHES TO PEACEBUILDING (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This is a foundational course which enables the students to understand the what, why and how of peacebuilding. Through the use of activities, lectures and case studies-based pedagogy, students will be enabled to become familiar with the domain of peace studies and explore the possibility of their peacebuilding contributions in conflict contexts. Case study analysis, role plays, fish bowl activities, etc. would be used as pedagogical tools to make students understand viewpoints from different perspectives.
Suitable for: This course is suitable for students who aspire to work in the domains of international studies, psychology, law, sociology, social work, journalism, education, performing arts, literature, human resource management, etc. All those who are generally curious and interested about dealing with conflict, pursuing peace and exploring the arts are also welcome. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Conceptually establish peacebuilding, peace, violence, conflict and related terms C02: Demonstrate a basic understanding of the domain of peace studies C03: Use conflict resolution models at the level of a beginner |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Introduction to the Domain of Peace and Conflict
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Conflict Analysis
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Different Forms of Peace Intervention
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Basic Arts Approaches
|
|
| |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Student Project
|
|
Students will be formed into teams and will be asked to come up with their own arts-based peacebuilding projects for specified conflict contexts and put up a performance for the public. This shall be the basis for the final evaluation. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
Mitchell, J. P., Vincett, G., Hawksley, T., & Culbertson, H. (2020). Peacebuilding and the arts. Palgrave Macmillan. | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1:
CIA 2:
ESE:
| |
PHY141B - RENEWABLE ENERGY (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
The course Renewable energy deals with the importance of sustainable and environmentaaly friendly energy source. It gives a glimpse about various types of reneawble enery and its importance. The course also highlight the recent develoments in the sustainable energy.
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Students will develop a comprehensive understanding of the significance of sustainable and environmentally friendly energy sources in addressing global energy needs. CO2: Gain knowledge about various types of renewable energy sources, including solar, wind, hydro, and geothermal, and comprehend their respective technologies and applications. CO3: Acquire a fundamental understanding of emerging energy research techniques. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Solar Energy, Wind and Ocean Energy
|
|
Review of energy resources, solar energy estimation of intensity of terrestrial radiation, solar radiation on inclined plane surface, estimation of monthly average, daily total radiation and diffused radiation on horizontal surface, solar collectors. Origin of winds, Major applications of wind power, Wind turbine, Energy available in wind- power extraction- Wind turbine operation and power versus wind speed characteristics, Ocean Thermal Energy-OTEC.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Biomass and geo-thermal energy
|
|
Biomass resources-Biomass conversion Technologies. Urban waste to energy conversion. Biomass gasification. Biomass to Ethanol production. Biogas from waste Biomass. Biogas plants and operational parameters-Constant pressure and constant volume type Biogas plantsComparison. Origin and distribution of Geothermal energy. Types of Geothermal resources. Hydro-thermal resources-dry steam system-wet steam system Environmental aspects.
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Fuel Cells
|
|
Fuel cell- Classification of fuel cells – Phosphoric acid Fuel cell(PAFC), Alkaline Fuel Cell(AFC) –Solid polymer Fuel cell(SPFC) Molten carbonate Fuel cell(MCFC) Solid oxide Fuel cell (SOFC)( Qualitative only) efficiency of a fuel cell Chemical polarization- resistance polarization- concentration polarization- Fuel cell power plant hydrogen energy- production- Batteries-storage conversion to energy sources and safety issues | |
Text Books And Reference Books: [1] B. H. Khan: Non-conventional energy resources, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] Rai G. D.: Non-conventional energy sources, Khanna Pub., 4 Edn, 2000. [2] Rao S. and B. B. Parulekar: Energy Technology, Non-Conventional, Renewable and Conventional, Khanna Publications, 3 edn., 1999. [3] Gupta B. R., Generation of electrical energy, Eurasia Publishing house, 1998. | |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation is based on CIA-I, CIA-2 and CIA-3. Weightage of CIA-1 -20 marks Weightage of CIA-2 -20 marks Weightage of CIA-3 -50 marks Weightage of attendance -10 marks Total equivalent weightage- 100 marks CIA 1 and CIA 2 will be based on multiple choice Question/Assignments/Written test. CIA-3 will be through presentation/ written test. | |
POL143 - POLITICS AND SOCIETY OF INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course introduces students to the trajectory of Indian politics and society after independence. Through exploration of certain key themes pertaining to the Indian state and society, it aims at equipping students with an ability to crucially examine political systems and processes, understand the institutional contexts, and analyse social cleavages and conflicts between communities in various parts of the country. Students will be exposed to biographies of important leaders and various perspectives on important social and political events. By the end of this course, they will develop a critical view to study and evaluate Indian society, democratic politics and the role of civil society. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Familiarity with key themes in Indian politics and society after independence CO2: Evaluate the institutional setting, political processes and important decisions taken by the government CO3: Understand and assess cleavages and conflicts between various communities in India CO4: Ability to critically understand the social and political changes undergoing in Indian society |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
India's Founding Moment
|
|
Partition and Refugees, Princely States, Constituent Assembly and Indian Constitution, Inheritance of Democracy | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
The Initial Years
|
|
Elections and universal adult franchise, Economic Planning, Land Reforms, Linguistic reorganisation of states | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Political Parties and Processes
|
|
Party System, Political Parties, Mobilisation, Leadership, Panchayat Raj System | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Social cleavages and contestations
|
|
Caste and politics, communalism, tribal tragedies, Naxal violence, social movements | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:7 |
Assessing Indian State
|
|
Study of Indian politics, trajectory of democracy, role of civil society | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Chandra, B., Mukherjee, M., & Mukherjee, A. India After Independence Guha, Ramachandra. India After Gandhi Jayal, N., & Mehta, P (Eds). The Oxford Companion to Politics in India Kohli, A., & Singh, P (Eds). Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics
Fiction (Students must read and review at least one of the following works): Devi, M. Mother of 1084 Murugan, P. Rising Heat Jospeh, S. Budhini Roy, A. The God of Small Things Singh, K. Train to Pakistan Shukla, S. Raag Darbari | |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Ahuja, A. Mobilizing the Marginalized: Ethnic Parties without Ethnic Movements Jaffrelot, C. India’s Silent Revolution: The Rise of the Lower Castes in South India Menon, N. Planning Democracy: Modern India’s Quest for Development Nehru, J. The Discovery of India Sen, R. House of the People: Parliament and the Making of Indian Democracy Shani, O. How India Became Democratic: Citizenship and the making of the universal franchise Sundar, N. The Burning Forest: India’s War in Bastar | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1: 20 Marks CIA 2: 20 Marks CIA 3: 50 Marks | |
POL144 - INDIA AND THE WORLD (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:2 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This is a survey course on India and its engagement with the World . Objective of this course is to introduce analytical and empirical aspects on the genesis, evolution and practice of India’s foreign policy. Students will study key relations and important themes in India’s Policy on various global issues to understand the changing positions and development of India’s role as a global player. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: At the end of this course students will be able to
Demonstrate a basic understanding of the trajectory of Indian foreign policy identifying important changes and factors responsible for the change.
CO2: Identify the key issues in Indian foreign policy and India?s national interests. CO3: Understand and appreciate India?s relations with major powers, role in global governance, India?s regional polices and Nuclear issues. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Key Foreign Relations
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Key Issues
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1-25 marks CIA 2-25 marks CIA 3-50 marks | |
PSY144 - BASICS OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course is offered as a marketing elective in the second semester. It is a three-credit course that helps students understand the behavior of consumers before and after purchase. The course helps students gain valuable conceptual knowledge of how the concepts of motivation, perception, personality and other behavioral studies influence the consumer in making purchase decisions. It also gives an insight to the students about the decision-making process and the growing significance of the consumer behavior study in various other areas of marketing |
|
Course Outcome |
|
1: Explain the scope and current trends in Consumer Psychology 2: Understand the application of consumer behavior knowledge and consumer decision making model 3: Evaluate the concepts related to consumer behaviour and the factors that influence consumer behavior |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||
Unit 1
|
||||||||||||||||
Definition, Significance, Applying consumer behaviour knowledge, Consumer decision-making model
| ||||||||||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||
Unit 2
|
||||||||||||||||
Market segmentation, bases of market segmentation, Product positioning and repositioning
| ||||||||||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
|||||||||||||||
Unit 3
|
||||||||||||||||
Personality and self-concept, Motivation Information processing, Learning in understanding consumer behaviour Influence of groups and social media, online consumer behaviour
| ||||||||||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Loudon, D. L., & Della, B. A. J. (2010). Consumer behavior: Concepts and applications. McGraw-Hill. | ||||||||||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Blackwell,Roger D. (2000). Consumer Behavior / By Roger D.Blackwell - New Delhi: Cengage Learning, - 784p | ||||||||||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| ||||||||||||||||
PSY158 - STRESS MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch) | ||||||||||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
|||||||||||||||
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
|||||||||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
||||||||||||||||
Stress is a common word used today in everyday walks of life. This course is designed to enable students to understand the nature of stress and stressors at theoretical and Practical level. to understand the impact of stress on health and wellbeing and To analyse the maladaptive and adaptive coping strategies in developing a self-plan to manage stress effectively in a life long process. |
||||||||||||||||
Course Outcome |
||||||||||||||||
CO1: Explain the nature of stress, long-term effects and illnesses that can result from stressors at physiological, Psychological and behavioural levels CO2: Evaluate personal stressors at various domains of life CO3: Use various stress management techniques to achieve and maintain well-being. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||
Understanding the Meaning and Nature of Stress
|
|||||||||
| |||||||||
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
||||||||
Understanding the Meaning and Nature of Stress: (15 hours)
|
|||||||||
Types and Sources of Stress, Theories and Models of Stress, Stressors at the workplace, Stressors unique to age and gender. Stress and Health: Life style diseases Psychological - Irritability, Depression,
Anxiety, Eating disorders, Insomnia
Behavioural - Maladaptive, risky behaviours. related to stress – Cardiovascular Disorder, Allergies, Digestive System Disorder, Recurrent
Head ache and Cancer. | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Coping Strategies
|
|||||||||
Evaluate personal stressors at various domains of life | |||||||||
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
||||||||
Coping Strategies (10 hours) Styles of Coping
|
|||||||||
Maladaptive Coping Behaviors, Maladaptive Cognitive Coping - addiction, abuse, violence, irrational thought process. Individual differences in Coping Adaptive Coping Assessment of stress and wellbeing; self-reflection | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
||||||||
Stress Management Approaches
|
|||||||||
Use various stress management techniquesto achieve and maintain well-being. | |||||||||
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:20 |
||||||||
Stress Management Approaches (20 hrs)
|
|||||||||
Breathing Exercise; Systematic Desensitization; Progressive Muscle Relaxation Techniques; Meditation; Mindfulness, yoga. Care of the Self: Nutrition and Other Lifestyle Issues Develop a personal stress management plan; suggest stress management techniques for various contexts like academic, workplace etc | |||||||||
Text Books And Reference Books: Health Psychology by Taylor; Control your Stress by Piperopoulus Dutta, P,K, (2010) Stress management Himalaya, Himalaya Publishing House Baron .L & Feist.J (2000) Health Psychology 4th edition, USA Brooks/Cole
| |||||||||
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading The Stress Management Handbook by Selhub Olpin, M. & Hesson, M. (2015). Stress Management for Life:
A Research-Based Experiential Approach. 4th edition. Wadsworth Publishing. Cooper,C,& Palmer,S, (2000)Conquer Your tress, London: Institute of personal development Universities Press. Dutta, P,K, (2010) Stress management Himalaya, Himalaya Publishing House. Lee, K. (2014). Reset: Make the Most of Your Stress: Your 24-7 Plan for Well-being. Universe Publishing. | |||||||||
Evaluation Pattern
| |||||||||
SOC141 - WOMEN'S ISSUES (2023 Batch) | |||||||||
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
||||||||
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
||||||||
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|||||||||
Course Description: This course aims at enabling the student to study and understand the problems and issues relating to women in Indian society in the context of wider social forces. This course will sensitize students on the issues of subjugation of and oppression prevalent against women in Indian society and enhance their understanding of the various social problems that women face in the society. Course objectives : ● To introduce the students to social issues relating to women ● To explore gender relations from an interdisciplinary perspective |
|||||||||
Course Outcome |
|||||||||
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit I: Sociological Understanding of Social Problem with a Gender Perspective
|
|
| |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Unit I: Sociological Understanding of Social Problem with a Gender Perspective
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Unit II: Problems of Inequality
|
|
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Unit II: Problems of Inequality
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit III: Problems of Violence and Discrimination
|
|
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Unit III: Problems of Violence and Discrimination
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Unit IV: Problem of Personal Well-being
|
|
| |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Unit IV: Problem of Personal Well-being
|
|
| |
Text Books And Reference Books: Bhasin, K. (1994). What is Patriarchy? New Delhi: Kali for Women. Beteille, A. (1990). Race, Caste and Gender. Man, 25(3), 489–504. https://doi.org/10.2307/2803715 John, Mary E. (2008). Women’s Studies in India: A Reader. New Delhi:Penguin Books. Krishnaraj, M. (2007). Understanding Violence against Women. Economic and Political Weekly, 42(44), 90–91. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40276750 Kotiswaran, P. (2008). Born Unto Brothels: Toward a Legal Ethnography of Sex Work in an Indian Red-Light Area. Law & Social Inquiry, 33(3), 579–629. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20108776 KUMAR, A. K. S. (2013). The Neglect of Health, Women and Justice. Economic and Political Weekly, 48(23), 25–27. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23527205
Karkal, M. (1999). Ageing and Women in India. Economic and Political Weekly, 34(44), WS54–WS56. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4408566
Merton, R and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Bhasin, K. (1994). What is Patriarchy? New Delhi: Kali for Women. | |
Evaluation Pattern Internal Assessment: CIA 1 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )- Class Presentations CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )- Article Review CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) - Prferably an exam Attendance 5 marks
| |
STA141 - ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This course offers a fundamental grasp of statistical concepts and their practical applications. It covers the meaning, scope, and significance of statistics, and measures of central tendency. The curriculum includes dispersion measures, correlation, regression analysis, index numbers, and data presentation techniques. Students develop crucial skills in statistical analysis, critical thinking, and data interpretation through theory and practice. |
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: Demonstrate a deep understanding of the foundational concepts and significance of statistics. CO2: Apply measures of central tendency and dispersion, correlation and regression accurately for effective data analysis CO3: Construct and interpret index numbers, demonstrating practical skills in real-world scenarios. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Fundamentals of Statistics and Descriptive Statistics
|
|
Meaning, definition, significance, scope, and limitations of Statistics, Measurement of central tendency – mean, median, quartile, mode, geometric mean, and harmonic mean. Absolute and relative measures of dispersion (range, standard deviation, and variance) with simple Applications.
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Correlation and Regression Analysis:
|
|
Correlation meaning, definition, type and degree of correlation, methods of correlation, regression analysis meaning uses the difference between correlation and regression, linear regression equation, calculation of the coefficient of regression.
| |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Index Numbers and Data Presentation:
|
|
Index number meaning characterizes importance and use. Construction of index number, cost of living index, fishers ideal index number. Diagrammatic and graphical presentation of data. | |
Text Books And Reference Books: Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 12th edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2020.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading [1] P., Mukhopadhyay, Mathematical Statistics, Books and Allied (P) Ltd, Kolkata, 2018. [2] R.E. Walpole, R.H. Myers and S.L Myers, Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Pearson, New Delhi, 2017. [3] D.C. Montgomery and G.C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, 7th Edition, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2018. [4] B.L Agarwal, Basic Statistics, 6th Edition, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 2018. | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA :50% ESE:50% | |
SW141 - INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:50 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This is the foundational paper that introduces students to the profession of Social Work. It includes the philosophical and ideological foundations of the profession. It highlights how social work has come to be called a profession. In this paper, all the fields in which social work can be practiced are introduced, and the methods of social work
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
1: Demonstrate proficiency in understanding social work and related concepts. 2: Discuss the philosophy, values, principles and skills of professional social work. 3: Demonstrate proficiency in understanding the methods of social work. |
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to Social Work:
|
|
Social work: Definition, Concept, Objectives, Similarities and dissimilarities of Concepts related to Social Work, Social Service, Social Welfare. Philosophy of Social Work, Values of Social Work, Principles of Social Work, Goals and Scope. History of Social Work in the West and in India
| |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Introduction to the Methods of Social Work
|
|
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:15 |
Fields of Social Work
|
|
Text Books And Reference Books: Batra, N. (2004). Dynamics of social work in India. New Delhi: Raj Publishing. House, B. (2006). Values & ethics in social work: An introduction. London: Routledge publication. Bhattacharya, S. (2004). Social work: An integrated approach. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications. Chris, L. C. (2000). Social work ethics: Politics, principles and practice. Exeter: Learning Matters. Crawford, K. (2004). Social work and human development: Transforming social work practice. Exeter: Learning Matters. Desai, M. (2004). Methodology of progressive social work education. Jaipur: Rawat. Publication. Desai, M. (2004). Ideologies and social work: Historical and contemporary analyses. Jaipur: Rawat. Publication. Horner, N. (2006). What is social work? Context and perspectives. London: Routledge publication. National Association of Social Workers (2000). Policy statements 2000-2003, Social work speaks. National Association of Social Workers Policy Statements 2000- 2003. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Payne, M. (2007). What is professional social work? Jaipur:Rawat Publications. 381Pease, B. (1999).Transforming social work practice: Postmodern critical perspectives polity press. Jaipur: Rawat Publications. Morales, A. (2004). Social work. Boston: Pearson Education. Timms, N. (1970).Social work. London: Routledge publishers. World Bank (2005). Putting social development to work for the poor: An OED review of world bank activities. New York: World Bank.
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading Banks, S. (1995). Ethics and values in social work. Hound Mills: MacMillan Publishers. Gore, M.S. (1965). Social work education. New Delhi: Asia Publishing House. Shaw, I., & Lishman, J. (1990). Evaluation and social work practice. London: Sage publishers. Singh R.R. (1985).Fieldwork in social work education (ed). New Delhi: Concept Publishers. Stroup, H.H. (1960). Social work education – An introduction to the field. New Delhi: Eurasia Publishing. Wadia, A. & Hormasji, N. (1968). History and philosophy of social work in India (2nd ed). Bombay: Allied publishers | |
Evaluation Pattern CIA 1 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) | |
THE144 - ACTING FOR MEDIA (2023 Batch) | |
Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45 |
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3 |
Max Marks:100 |
Credits:3 |
Course Objectives/Course Description |
|
This programme is designed for Students who want to explore various acting career opportunities in Media. The course includes practice-based training blended with a challenging range of acting practice possibilities in different Media platforms. A wide range of production and performance prospects enhances the scope of this programme. The course is grounded in basic acting training methods constructed with theatre techniques and applied in different visual media contexts like Stage/ Film/TV/New Media and other Communicative visual contexts. It encompasses different interactive and participatory sessions for cultivating body, voice, and mind through creativity.
Additionally, the programme provides insights into personality makeovers through costume, make-up, and styling and prepares you for auditions and building your actors' portfolio. Objectives:
|
|
Course Outcome |
|
CO1: To understand the concept of Acting for Media and its importance.
CO2: To articulate a comprehensive understanding of the media and its various components.
CO3: Apply practical skills and techniques to create compelling performances for media.
CO4: Develop a greater appreciation for the art of Acting for Media.
CO5: Exhibit the learning experiences through practical, creative work.
|
Unit-1 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Learning to Act
|
|
Everyone can Act- Developing acting skills through relaxation, movements, improvisation, space exploration and empowering self through evaluation and challenges. | |
Unit-2 |
Teaching Hours:8 |
Acting for Theatre.
|
|
Actor preparation and training: Improvisation, role, character, scene and creative body movement, Yoga, Kalari, modern dance movements. | |
Unit-3 |
Teaching Hours:12 |
Acting in front of the Camera.
|
|
Introduction to film acting, Actor-creator, Visual life and language, scene work for the camera and acting techniques. Art of auditioning, projection and intonation of character. The Inner Discipline of Camera Acting, Four Types of Outer Action, Blocking for the Camera. | |
Unit-4 |
Teaching Hours:10 |
Acting for TV and other digital media.
|
|
Introduction to TV/Media, developing skills for the Media, Specific scene work and evaluation. Anchoring and media presentation skills, Dialogue and speech, and voice culture. Other skills –Sight reading, accents and dialects, safe voice practice, Dubbing for the roles and animation, Rhythm and movement skills. | |
Unit-5 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Personality makeover: through costume, make-up and styling.
|
|
It is understanding the basic makeover through make-up and costume. Body language involves gestures, mannerisms, and other bodily signs—transforming oneself into a star. | |
Unit-6 |
Teaching Hours:5 |
Acting as a profession.
|
|
Preparing for Audition, Actors' workbook, Actors' portfolio. | |
Text Books And Reference Books:
| |
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
| |
Evaluation Pattern Evaluation CIAs: Assignments, including television commercials, films, voiceover work, scene work/reels/standup comedy/camera work/writing/portfolio Evaluation ESE :
The end Semester Examination will create a different media presentation and submit a portfolio. |